Home

Mercedes-Benz 2008 GL 450 Automobile User Manual

1. Status Line Display Speed Outside Temp P54 32 6573 31 gt Press button or desired setting The selected display is then shown continuously in the status indicator lower display to select the DD Controls in detail a 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Control system The other display now appears in the Standard display menu gt page 99 Lighting submenu Access the Lighting submenu via the Settings menu Use the Lighting submenu to change the lamp and lighting settings on your vehicle The following functions are available e Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only gt page 106 e Setting locator lighting gt page 106 e Setting night security illumination page 107 e Setting interior lighting delayed shut off gt page 108 Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only gt Press button or CF repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button A gt Move the selection marker with button or to the Lighting submenu gt Press button 4 or X repeatedly until the message Headlamp Mode appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Headlamp Mode Constant Manual P54 32 658091 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01
2. ccceeseseereeeee 131 Controls in detail E 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Locking and unlocking Z Observe Safety notes see page 44 When unlocking the vehicle all turn signal lamps flash once The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is disarmed When locking the vehicle all turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed All doors the hood and the tailgate must be closed H If you cannot lock or unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey the batteries in the SmartKey are discharged the SmartKey is malfunctioning or the vehicle battery is drained e Check the batteries in the SmartKey and replace them if necessary e Use the mechanical key to unlock the driver s door and the tailgate e Use the mechanical key to lock the vehicle e Have the vehicle battery and the vehicle battery connections checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the SmartKey is malfunctioning contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 58 Version 2 11
3. 2222204244eeeeeneene Rear door ashtray see Ashtrays Rear doors Child safety locks neen 48 Rear door window Blocking operation 49 Rear fog lamp see Fog lamps Rear lamps see Tail lamps Rear Parking Assist system Cleaning system sensors Malfunctions Warning indicators Rear seat head restraints see Head restraints Rear view Camera ccccccceeeeee Cleaning the lens Rear window defroster Rear window wiper washer 80 Recommended tire inflation pressure 154 173 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Recovery services Stolen vehicle Tele Aid 140 Refrigerant air conditioning 254 Refueling 22 s22 4 25 22522020352244220222 146 Regular checks 148 Reminder Seat belt see Seat belts Telltale Remote control see Key SmartKey Remote door unlock Tele Aid 139 Replacing bulbs 226 Reporting safety defects 22 Research Octane Number see RON Reserve fuel Messages in the multifunction CIS IAW scsssscsveetenceue rent Warning lamp Reset button Restraint systems see Occupant safety Roadside Assistance RON Research Octane Number ROOT rakoen oenen Route guidance see Navigation system Rubber parts cleaning Safety Driving safety systems
4. to switch the O locator lighting function On or Off gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position auto when exiting the vehicle re eee The locator lighting feature is activated gt Press button or to switch the Setting night security illumination headlamps delayed shut off feature On or Headlamps delayed shut off feature Off Use this function to set whether you would gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position like the exterior lamps to remain on for auto before turning off the engine 15 seconds during darkness after exiting the The headlamps delayed shut off feature is vehicle and closing all doors activated With the headlamps delayed shut off feature activated and the exterior lamp switch in position auto before the engine is turned off the following lamps will come on when the engine is turned off e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail u Control system You can temporarily deactivate the headlamps delayed shut off feature Before exiting the vehicle turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 gt Then turn it to position 2 and back to position 0 The headlamps delayed shut off feature is deactivated It will reactivate as soon as you start the engine Setting interior lighting delayed shut off Use this function to set whether you would like the interior lighting to remain on for 10 seconds
5. A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates If you have to place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child and secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions A Warning When using a BabySmart compatible child seat on the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag will not deploy only if the 3 s ex indicator lamp remains illuminated Please be sure to check the amp indicator lamp every time you use a BabySmart compatible child seat on the front passenger seat Should the amp indicator lamp go out while the restraint is installed please check installation If the Zp ea indicator lamp remains out do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Safety and security u 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security Occupant safety Special BabySmart compatible child seats designed for use with the Mercedes Benz system are required for use with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system Please c
6. ee isansa 226 High mounted brake lamp 226 Replacing DUDS etorrico 226 Hill start assist system 114 Hood 22 5 ieee 148 Messages in the multifunction displayi are tee 204 HOM ieiet e a E 25 Hydroplaning 444 179 C Identification labels 246 Identification number vehicle Infant and child restraint systems see Children in the vehicle 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 9 Version 2 11 7 1 Inflation pressure see Tires Inflation pressure Inside door handle 59 Instrument cluster 26 95 llumination asessaseseiies 96 LampS 440 Be 213 Multifunction display 98 Instrument lighting see Instrument cluster Illumination Instrument panel see Instrument cluster Instruments and controls see Cockpit Interior lighting Rear reading lamps ag ST Interior rear view mirror 69 Auto dimming rear view mirrors 70 Interior storage spaces see Storage compartments Intermittent wiping Windshield WIpers cesceeseeeeeees 80 C Jack nv susanne 195 Jump starting eeeeeeeeees 237 C Key Mechanical 221 LOSS Ofen 59 Key SmartKey Battery check lampessi 58 Checking batteries nn 59 Fact rysetting usea essessken 59 Global locking SmartKey 59 Glob
7. gt Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow leaves sticks and any other debris gt Always keep all air vents and grilles in the passenger compartment free from obstruction For draft free ventilation move the adjustable center and side air vents to the middle position 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 122 Version 2 11 7 1 Center air vents Left center air vent adjustable Right center air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable right center air vent Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable left center air vent gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheels and in the required direction Side air vents Example illustration passenger side Right side defroster air vent fixed Right side air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable right side air vent gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheel in the required direction 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 123 Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Rear center console air vents Thumbwheel for air volume control for rear center air vents Right rear center air vent adjustable Left rear center air vent adjustable gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheel 1 upward or downward The symbols on the control represent the following functions Symbol Function AH Directs air to the windshield and
8. Regardless of the tire speed rating local speed limits should be obeyed Use prudent driving speeds appropriate to prevailing conditions Tire speed rating 6 indicates the approved maximum speed for the tire DD Operation E 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Operation il Tires and wheels Summer tires Index Speed rating Q up to 100 mph 160 km h R up to 106 mph 170 km h S up to 112 mph 180 km h i up to 118 mph 190 km h H up to 130 mph 210 km h V up to 149 mph 240 km h WwW up to 168 mph 270 km h Y up to 186 mph 300 km h ZRS up to 186 mph 300 km h ZR Y above 186 mph 300 km h ZR above 149 mph 240 km h e At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for example 245 40 ZR18 To determine the maximum speed capability of the tire the service description for the tire must be referred to The service description is comprised of tire load rating 5 and tire speed rating If your tire includes ZR in the size designation and no service description is given the tire manufacturer must be consulted for the maximum speed capability If a service description is given the speed capability is limited by the speed symbol in the service description Example 245 40 ZR18 97Y In this example 97Y is the service description The letter Y designates the speed rating and the sp
9. AR 1900 MPV VTUM R70F56X1657 PO0 01 3768 21 Example certification label Canada vehicles VIN Paintwork code Example illustration G 550 Emission control information label includes both federal and California certification exhaust emission standards Engine number engraved on engine Data shown on certification label are for illustration purposes only These data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the illustration Refer to certification label on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle When ordering parts please specify vehicle identification and engine number 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Technical data u 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 248 Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle specification G 550 463 237 Vehicle specification G 550 463 237 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment Engine G 550 Engine type 208 Mode of operation 4 stroke engine gasoline injection No of cylinders 8 Bore 3 86 in 98 00 mm Stroke 3 56 in 90 50 mm Total piston 333 3 cu in displacement 5461 cm Compression KOA ratio Output acc to SAE J 13491 382 hp 6 000 rpm 285 kW 6 000 rpm Maximum torque 391 Ib ft acc to SAEJ 1349 2800 4800 rpm 530 Nm 2800 4800 rpm Maximum engine 6500 rpm speed Firing order 1
10. BRAKE Check There is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir Brake Risk of accident ee Fluid aay me Ss gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the parking brake y Do not drive any further gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem A Warning Driving with the message Check Brake Fluid Level displayed can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned H If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 203 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Safety systems Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions SOS Tele Aid One or more main functions of the Tele Aid system are Inoperativ malfunctioning gt Have the Tele Aid system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Driving systems Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Mean Transfer The transfer case is malfunctioning Case gt
11. Driving and parking gt page 82 N Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obstacles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury H Allow the engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the engine and the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty During the brief warm up transmission upshifting is delayed This allows the catalytic converter to heat up more quickly to operating temperature 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 87 Version 2 11 7 1 Automatic transmission Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission P Park position with gear selector lever lock R Reverse gear N Neutral position D Drive position A Warning It is dangerous to shift the automatic transmission out of park position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle cou
12. Vanity mirror lamps brake gt Shift the automatic transmission into Glare through the windshield neutral position N gt Flip sun visor T down when you gt Push sliding knob to the right experience glare gt Remove ashtray insert 3 from ashtray frame Glare through a door window gt Reinstalling ashtray insert Push ashtray gt Close vanity mirror cover if opened insert down into the ashtray frame until it engages gt Disengage sun visor 1 from mounting 2 gt Pivot sun visor Q to the side gt Closing Push at top of cover plate 4 to close ashtray Rear door ashtray Vanity mirror The mirror lamp only functions when the sun visor is engaged in mounting gt Flip sun visor Q down gt Lift up vanity mirror cover Vanity mirror lamps comes on Center console ashtray gt Opening Pull at top of cover 2 A Warning gt Removing ashtray insert Push down on Remove front ashtray insert only with vehicle catch standing still gt Pull out ashtray insert DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 134 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Useful features gt Reinstalling ashtray insert Position designed for use with the standard ashtray insert cigarette lighter plug type Keep in mind gt Closing Push at top of cover however that connecting accessories to the lighter socket for example extensive connecting and disconnecting or u
13. assembly upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead TIN Tire Identification Number Unique identifier which facilitates efforts by tire manufacturers to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires and gives purchasers the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identification mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture Tire load rating Numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support Tire ply composition and material used This indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others Tire speed rating Part of tire designation indicates the speed range for which a tire is approved 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 174 Version 2 11 7 1 Total load limit Rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kilograms 150 Ib times the vehicle s designated seating capacity Traction Force exerted by the vehicle on the road via the tires The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire wh
14. e an accident N Warning Do not load items on the roof It may cause instability during some maneuvers which could result in an accident Front storage compartments Glove box An media interface is located in the glove box For information on media interface see separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Opening Pull glove box lid release 1 gt Closing Push glove box lid 2 upwards until it engages Locking and unlocking the glove box You can lock the glove box e g when the vehicle is in the shop for service The glove box can only be locked or unlocked with the mechanical key 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 131 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Useful features Storage box in front of armrest Glove box unlocked Glove box locked _ N gt Opening storage box Slide storage box Storage compartment storage tray cover 1 upward below armrest gt Closing storage box Slide storage box cover 1 downward Controls in detail u Rear storage compartments Storage bags DA ils N Warning Storage bags are intended for storing light f weight items only D Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or fragile objects may not be transported in the storage bag In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause gt Closing storage tray Lower armrest injury to veh
15. gt Hold front fog lamp insert bulb socket into front fog lamp 5 and turn bulb socket 6 clockwise to its stop gt Insert front fog lamp and install and tighten front fog lamp securing screws gt Install front fog lamp trim panel 2 and the seal gt Install and tighten securing screws Q Front turn signal lamp bulb gt G 55 AMG only Disengage the turn signal guard from the clip in the rear and fold it forward Make sure the turn signal guard does not strike painted surfaces 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 229 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Replacing bulbs 4 10 5672 21 Example illustration Front side marker SE PRZ 10 8504 gt Loosen and remove securing screws 1 gt Remove turn signal lens gt Loosen and remove securing screws Q gt Remove side marker lamp housing 2 Practical hints A Py2 1 BEHn 2 P82 10 5473 31 gt Press bulb 8 gently into the socket turn counterclockwise and remove it gt Remove dust cover 3 gt Press the new bulb gently into the socket Press catch aside and pull out the bulb and turn clockwise until it engages socket with the bulb from side marker lamp gt Reinstall turn signal lens 2 housing gt Install and tighten securing screws a w Do not overtighten securing screws Otherwise turn signal lens could be damaged gt G 55 AMG only Remount the turn signal guard
16. 50 Occupant Safety asomessessoresssssaesnnenen 32 Reporting defects 22 Safety belts see Seat belts Seat belt force limiter 43 seat beltSs 0enseususeieike 38 Children in the vehicle 44 GlEANiNg 00 FAstening u 0sseee Height adjustment Proper use of Safety guidelines nen S fetynotes scieuessesseeissiiesiiueiheien Tellt le au s 8 a W rnine lampes 42 2 52 amp 2 024 2220260520 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 13 Version 2 11 7 1 Adjusting senscnansneen Easy entry exit feature Folding expanding cargo volume Heatin Ecsite seien 66 Memory TUNCTION 6 c2scesvennceeseeses 70 Multicontour seat 65 Ventilation seseo 66 Securing cargo Cargo tie down rings Selective setting see Key SmartKey Selector lever see Gear selector lever Self test BabySmart ssie 38 Tele Ald 6s use Service see Maintenance Service parts Service and warranty information 18 Service intervals see Maintenance System Service indicator Service life tires Settings Selective setting SmartKey Side marker lamps Cleaning lenses 222uur ne 190 Messages in the multifunction display 209 Replacing Bulbs 5 2s02 226 Sidewall tires 174 SmartKey see Key SmartKey Snow CHains 402000selkatehe
17. Fuels coolants lubricants etc gt page 252 Check the following e Engine oil level gt page 149 e Tire inflation pressure gt page 156 e Coolant level gt page 152 e Vehicle lighting gt page 226 e Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 153 e Brake fluid gt page 152 Engine compartment A Warning Do not pull the release lever while the vehicle is in motion Otherwise the hood could be forced open by passing air flow This could cause the hood to come loose and injure you and or others Opening A Warning If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment or if the coolant temperature gauge indicates that the engine is overheated do not open the hood Move away from vehicle and do not open the hood until the engine has cooled If necessary call the fire department 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 148 Version 2 11 7 1 N Warning You could be injured when the hood is open even when the engine is turned off Parts of the engine can become very hot To prevent burns let the engine cool completely before touching any components on the vehicle Comply with all relevant safety precautions N Warning To help prevent personal injury stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the engine is running The radiator fan may continue to run for approximately 30 seconds or may even restart after the engine has been turned off Stay clear of f
18. Mercedes G Class Operator s Manual 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 2 d2ureepe Symbols Version 2 11 7 1 Trademarks e BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automotive Corp Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc ESP is a registered trademark of Daimler HomeLink is a registered trademark of Prince a Johnson Controls Company e SIRIUS and related marks are trademarks of SIRIUS XM Radio Inc The following symbols are found in this Operator s Manual A Warning Warning notices draw your attention to hazards that may endanger your health or life or the health or life of others H Highlights hazards that may result in damage to your vehicle Helpful hints or further information you may find useful gt gt gt page DD Display This symbol points to instructions for you to follow A number of these symbols appearing in succession indicates a multiple step procedure This symbol tells you where to look for further information on a topic This continuation symbol marks a warning or procedure which is continued on the next page Text in displays such as the control system are printed in the type shown here 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 1 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes Benz Your selection of our product is a
19. N Warning Follow the recommended settings for heating and cooling given on the following pages Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others gt Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow and debris if the vehicle interior is hot ventilate the interior before driving off see Summer opening feature gt page 82 The climate control will then adjust the interior temperature to the set value much faster 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 121 Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Deactivating the climate control system gt Deactivating Set air volume control 1 gt page 119 to position 0 gt Reactivating Set air volume control Q to any speed The previous settings are once again in effect Air conditioning The air conditioning is operational while the engine is running and cools the interior air to the temperature set by the operator In addition the air conditioning dehumidifies the interior air and helps prevent window fogging N Warning If you switch off the cooling function the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others Condensation may drip out from underneath the vehicle This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction Deactivating It is possible to deactivate the ai
20. The sum of curb weight accessory weight total load limit and production options weight Maximum permissible tire inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire Normal occupant weight The number of occupants the vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ib Occupant distribution The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Production options weight The combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing over 5 Ibs 2 3 kilograms in excess of those standard items which they replace not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim PSI Pounds per square inch A standard unit of measure for air pressure Recommended tire inflation pressure The recommended tire inflation pressure for normal driving conditions is listed on the Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar and provides best handling tread life and riding comfort If so equipped supplemental information DD Operation E 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Operation a Tires and wheels pertaining to special driving situations can be found on the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube
21. e Distance driven Tread depth A Warning Although the applicable federal motor vehicle safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the treadwear indicators TWI become visible at approximately 46 in 1 6 mm we recommend that you do not allow your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches g in 3 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply reduced Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths of less than in 3 mm Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and become visible at a tread depth of approximately 1 16 in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be replaced The recommended minimum tire tread depth for summer tires is g in 3 mm The recommended minimum tire tread depth for winter tires is in 4 mm DD Operation E 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Tires and wheels Treadwear indicator Q appears as a solid band across the tread Storing tires H Keep unmounted tires in a cool dry place with as little exposure to light as possible Protect tires from contact with oil grease and fuels Cleaning tires H Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of wa
22. e Should the battery be drained completely let the donating power source charge the vehicle for several minutes before reattempting the starting process gt Make sure the two vehicles do not touch gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Engage the parking brake gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P gt Open the hood gt page 148 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 239 Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Position 6 represents the charged battery of another vehicle or an equivalent starter pack gt Flip up cover Q of positive terminal 3 in direction of arrow H Never invert the terminal connections gt Connect positive terminal 2 of charged battery 6 with positive terminal with a jumper cable Clamp the cable to positive terminal 2 of charged battery first gt Start engine of the vehicle with charged battery 6 and run at idle speed gt Connect negative terminal of charged battery 6 with negative terminal 5 with a jumper cable Clamp the cable to negative terminal of charged battery first gt Start engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery and run at idle speed You can now turn on the electrical consumers Do not switch on the headlamps under any circumstances gt Remove the jumper cables from negative terminals and first Towing the vehicle P54 1D 31 16 31 gt Remove the jumper ca
23. multifunction steering wheel symbols and feature description apply to Canada and AMG vehicles as well Depending on the selected menu pressing the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel will alter what appears in the multifunction display The information available in the multifunction display is arranged in menus and accompanying functions and submenus The individual functions are then found within the relevant menu radio or CD operations under Audio DVD menu for example These functions serve to call up relevant information or to customize the settings for your vehicle It is helpful to think of the menus and the functions within each menu as being arranged in a circular pattern gt Press button or EP repeatedly to pass through each menu one after the other gt Press button X or 4 repeatedly to pass through each function display one after the other in the current menu In the Settings menu instead of functions you will find a number of submenus for calling up and changing settings For instructions on using these submenus see Settings menu gt page 103 The number of menus available in the system depends on which optional equipment is installed in your vehicle Multifunction display Trip odometer Main odometer Transfer case indicator Transmission position gear range indicator Digital clock Outside temperature digital speedometer
24. service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction A Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance A Warning If ice has formed on the road tire traction will be substantially reduced Under such weather conditions drive steer and brake with extreme caution The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on a dry road You should pay particular attention to the condition of the road whenever the outside temperature is close to the freezing point Mercedes Benz recommends winter tires gt page 175 with a minimum tread depth of approximately in 4 mm on all four wheels for the winter season to ensure normal balanced handling characteristics On packed snow they can reduce your stopping distance compared to summer tires Stopping distance however is still considerably greater than when the road is not covered with snow or ice Exercise appropriate caution H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel
25. 0 00000 000 Wheels Tires and Window curtain air bags Windows see Power windows Windows cleaning Windshield Windshield wipers Rain sensoorse ES Replacing wiper blades Winter driving Snow ChainS ccecceseeeeeaeeeeeeseeeens 175 TE Seesen 175 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 17 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Winter driving instructions 176 Winter tires 175 250 Wood trims cleaning 192 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Introduction 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 18 Version 2 11 7 1 Product Information Please observe the following in your own best interest We recommend using Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explicitly approved by us for your vehicle model We have tested these parts to determine their reliability safety and special suitability for Mercedes Benz vehicles We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible for them even if in individual cases an Official approval or authorization by governmental or other agencies should exist Use of such parts and accessories could adversely affect the safety performance or reliability of your vehicle Please do not use them Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts and pre approved conversion parts and accessories a
26. 2 11 7 1 To expand the cargo volume you can fold the left and right rear seat backrests and the rear seat bench forward N Warning Always lock seat backrest in its upright position when the rear seat bench is occupied or the extended cargo volume is not in use Check for secure locking by pushing and pulling on the seat backrest In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle This can cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when transporting cargo A Warning Never drive a vehicle with the tailgate open Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death N Warning Failure to assure that the seat bench and seat backrests are locked into place could result in an increased chance of injury in an accident 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 129 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Loading and storing Never place hands under seat or near any gt Returning rear seat backrest to original moving parts while a seat is being adjusted position Relieve the tension on the rear For safety reasons the rear seat bench must seat backrest and pull release lever only be adjusted when the vehicle is gt Raise the rear seat backrest until it locks stationary into pla
27. 250 Tire speed rating Tongue Weight Rating see TWR Top tether see Children in the vehicle Total load limit Tow away alarm 55 Towing Vehleleun unsesnesinss Tow start eeeeseeseeesesnnneeeennnn Traclion u u u usue see Transfer case Gear ranges Messages in the multifunction displayer ieri ieee 203 SWIEG MINS euer 91 Transmission see Automatic transmission Transmission fluid level 153 Transmission gear selector lever see Gear selector lever Transmission positions 88 Traveling abroad 185 Tread tireS ccc 52 z cRssaccscteestecheneecses 174 Tread depth tires 165 175 Treadwear indicators tires 165 174 Trip computer menu 109 Trip odometer resetting 96 Turning off the engine 86 Turn signals 75 Additional in mirrors 226 u 226 Cleaning lenses 224s 2 2 2 190 Indicator lamps ueenenseeesneer seen 26 Messages in the multifunction display sense 212 Replacing Bulbs ssccssesssexscecsssecevess 226 TWR Tongue Weight Rating 174 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards ccceeseeeereeee 166 174 Units Settings Speedometer ne Unleaded gasoline premium
28. 80 km h Preparing the vehicle Park the vehicle in a safe distance from moving traffic on a hard flat surface when possible gt Turn on the hazard warning flasher gt Turn the steering wheel so that the front wheels are in a straight ahead position gt Engage the parking brake gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Turn off the engine Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Have any passenger exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway Open doors only when conditions are safe to do so Mounting the spare wheel Introduction Prepare the vehicle as described gt page 233 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 233 Version 2 11 7 1 N Warning You must remove the spare wheel from the spare wheel carrier before lifting the vehicle Otherwise the vehicle could fall off the jack and injure you or others gt Remove the spare wheel from the spare wheel carrier gt Take the vehicle tool kit out of the vehicle gt Take the jack out of the vehicle For information on where to find the respective items see Where will find gt page 194 and gt page 195 Lifting the vehicle A Warning When jacking up the vehicle only use the jack which has been specifically approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle under the axle housing Make sure the jack is positioned cor
29. Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You could lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire or driving at high speed with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire Important guidelines e Only use sets of tires and rims of the same type and make e Tires must be of the correct size for the rim e Break in new tires for approximately 60 miles 100 km at moderate speeds e Regularly check the tires and rims for damage Dented or bent rims can cause tire inflation pressure loss and damage to the tire beads e If vehicle is heavily loaded check tire inflation pressure and correct as required e Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths of less than in 3 mm e When replacing individual tires you should mount new tires on the front wheels first on vehicles with same sized wheels all around Recommended tire inflation pressure N Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 155 Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort
30. For more information on menus displayed in the multifunction display see Menus and submenus gt page 99 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 99 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Control system N Standard display Q Telephone Audio DVD oa ii atten f amp AL Trip computer Es Re 4 Navigation Controls in detail 5 E Settings Vehicle status message memory ps 327212 The headings used in the menus table are designed to facilitate navigation within the system and are not necessarily identical to those shown in the multifunction display The first function displayed in each menu will automatically show you which part of the system you are in Function Standard display menu gt page 99 Audio DVD menu gt page 100 Standard display Navigation menu gt page 102 In the standard display trip odometer Q and main odometer 2 appear in the F 3 Vehicle status message memory multifunction display menu gt page 102 u e peg gt If you see another display press button Settings menu gt page 103 EH or CP repeatedly until the standard display appears Trip computer menu gt page 109 gt Press button 4 or lt 7 to select the functions in the Standard display menu SE oO Telephone menu gt page 110 3 The vehicle status message memory menu is only displayed if there is
31. HIGH of the transfer case switch Once the shift is complete transfer case position H appears in transfer case indicator Q If the shifting procedure does not take place press lower half HIGH of the transfer case switch once more gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D Messages in the multifunction display If a shift was not completed and one of the following messages appears in the multifunction display e TC shift conditions not fulfilled The shift did not take place At least one shift condition was not met gt Repeat the shifting procedure e TC in neutral The shift did not take place The transfer case is in neutral Transfer case position N appears in transfer case indicator Q gt Repeat the shifting procedure A Warning If the transfer case is in Neutral the park position P of the automatic transmission will not hold the vehicle The parking brake must be engaged to hold the vehicle in place e TC shift procedure canceled The shift did not take place gt Repeat the shifting procedure e Transfer case Visit workshop There may be a malfunction in the system gt Repeat the shifting procedure If the shifting procedure still does not take place gt Have the vehicle checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 93 Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe If the SmartKey is in starte
32. Indicator lamp front passenger front ain bag off 36 Infant and child restraint systems 45 Safety notes cusssesssneeenaseenee 44 Tether anchorage points 47 TOP tethers uueensesses 44 47 Child safety see Children in the vehicle Child seat anchors LATCH type see Children in the vehicle Chrome plated exhaust tip fel 3 1 C1 eee eo ee 192 Cigarette lighter 134 Climate control system Air conditioning cooling 121 Air conditioning refrigerant 254 Air distribution Air recirculation mode Air volume TA Automatic MOdesiscsssersisresss Deactivating system Front defroster ee Residual engine heat REST 124 TOMPGrature inosine 121 COCK Dit orner 25 Cold tire inflation pressure 172 COMAND system see separate COMAND system operating instructions Combination switch 74 Control system 97 Multifunction display 98 Multifunction steering wheel 97 Resetting to factory settings 103 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Control system menus Audio DVD Navigation Settings esen nn RERS Standard disSplay sssiissisiistissesesesesss Telephone Trip computer Vehicle status message memory 102 Control system submenus CONVENIENCE icies iesiri cirretta 108 Instrument cluster 104 ET
33. On the driver s side additionally adjust the steering wheel and exterior rear view mirrors to the desired positions gt Press memory button 2 gt Press memory button 2 once and within 3 seconds press one memory position gt Stop the vehicle button 1 2 or 3 gt Switch on the ignition All settings are stored to the selected gt Press button position The passenger side exterior rear view mirror is selected gt Adjust the passenger side exterior rear view mirror with adjustment button so that you see the rear wheel and the road curb DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Lighting gt Press memory button gt Within 3 seconds press bottom of adjustment button D The parking position is stored if the mirror does not move If the mirror does move repeat the above steps After the setting is stored you can move the mirror again Lighting If you drive in countries where vehicles drive on the other side of the road than the country where the vehicle is registered you must have the headlamps modified for symmetrical low beams Relevant information can be obtained at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center 1 Ppz Standing lamps left 2 Ps Standing lamps right 3 o Off Daytime running lamp mode 4 auto Automatic headlamp mode Daytime running lamp mode 5 5002 Parking lamps also tail lamps lice
34. Operation At the gas station Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual The first 1000 miles 1500 km The more cautiously you treat your vehicle during the break in period the more satisfied you will be with its performance later on e Drive your vehicle during the first 1000 miles 1500 km at varying but moderate vehicle and engine speeds e During this period avoid heavy loads full throttle driving and excessive engine speeds no more than 2 3 of maximum rpm in each gear e Shift gears in a timely manner e Avoid accelerating by kickdown e Do not attempt to slow the vehicle down by shifting to a lower gear using the gear selector lever e Select gear ranges 3 2 or 1 gt page 89 only when driving at moderate speeds for hill driving After 1000 miles 1500 km you may gradually increase vehicle and engine speeds to the permissible maximum H Additional instructions for AMG vehicles e During the first 1000 miles 1500 km do not exceed a speed of 85 mph 140 km h e During this period avoid engine speeds above 4500 rpm in each gear e Shift gears in a timely manner Avoid off road driving during the break in period until the oil change in the front and rear axle at 2000 mi
35. P54 32 7295 31 Selected name from the phone book gt Press button The control system dials the selected phone number If the connection is successful and this feature is supported by your network provider the name of the party if stored in your phone book you are calling will appear in the multifunction display DD Controls in detail A 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 112 Version 2 11 7 1 Driving systems The control system stores the dialed number in the redial memory or gt Press button ER if you do not want to make the call 8 4 e 3 Call Miller Ar e S P54 32 668931 Redialing The control system stores the most recently dialed phone numbers This eliminates the need to search through your entire phone book gt Press button EP or repeatedly until the message TEL appears in the multifunction display gt Press button The first number in the redial memory appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 or repeatedly until the desired number or name appears in the multifunction display gt Press button The control system dials the selected phone number Driving systems Introduction e Cruise control e All wheel drive 4MATIC e Rear Parking Assist e Rear view camera The ABS BA
36. Panic alarm ince cusncaeccectescenin ann Parcel neticis 2 Parkin g ni Rear Parking Assist system Parking Assist see Rear Parking Assist system Parking brake 86 Messages in the multifunction displayen rne cere eerie errs Parking position Exterior rear view mirrors Transmission position 88 Parts service 0enen PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp see Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Passenger safety see Occupant safety Pedals x 5er Phone see Telephone Plastic parts cleaning Power assistance Power outlets eee Power seats see Seats Power tilt sliding sunroof Opening closing in an emergency 223 Oper tion nsenensnenessesse 125 Power washer 188 Power WINdOWG 000sesseeeeeeeees 81 ClEANINB ee 190 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 12 Version 2 11 7 1 Oper tion desssessiens stets 81 Rear door window blocking OPGRALON renr annn 49 Practical hints 194 Problems While GriVing csss c estssttsht lies eeaaie 85 With vehicle 21 Product information 18 Production options weight 173 Proximity key see Key SmartKey PSI air pressure unit Push start see Tow start Radio Selecting stations nne Radio transmitters Rain sensor u u 2 0 Rear axle oil
37. Resetting trip odometer gt Make sure you are viewing the standard display gt page 99 in the multifunction display Press and hold the reset button in the instrument cluster gt page 95 until the trip odometer is reset Tachometer The red marking on the tachometer D page 26 denotes excessive engine speed H Avoid driving at excessive engine speeds as it may result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated within the red marking 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 97 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Control system Control system 1 The control system is activated as soon as the starter switch is in position 1 gt page 62 The control system enables you to call up information about your vehicle and to change vehicle settings For example you can use the control system to find out when your vehicle is next due for maintenance service to set the language for messages in the instrument cluster display and much more N Warning A driver s attention to the road and traffic conditions must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others Controls in detail A selecting features through the multifunction Multifunction display steering wheel should only be done by the Press button ee and ro
38. Steering wheel adjustment Heated steering wheel Exterior lamp switch Exterior rear view mirror adjustment Page 130 28 Elf 97 148 67 69 VO 69 At a glance m 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 26 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 At a glance M P54 32 7208 31 Function Page Function Page Speedometer with Tachometer with D Low beam headlamp Antilock Brake indicator lamp YD System ABS indicator A Electronic Stability lamp 214 Program ESP warning amp _ Seat belt telltale 43 lamp 217 216 Q Combination low tire srs Supplemental pressure TPMS Restraint System SRS 32 malfunction telltale USA 1572 indicator lamp 216 only 219 ek Engine malfunction Q Low tire pressure 157 indicator lamp USA only 218 telltale Canada only 219 4 Engine malfunction erake Brake warning lamp indicator lamp Canada only 218 USA only 219 D High beam headlamp Brake warning lamp indicator lamp 75 En as Fuel gauge with Left turn signal W Fuel tank reserve indicator lamp 75 warning lamp the arrow indicates that the fuel filler flap is on the right hand Right turn signal side ae indicator lamp 75 Coolant temperature gauge 96 Multifunction display 98 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite
39. The SRS system conducts a self test when the ignition is switched on and in regular intervals while the engine is running This facilitates detection of system malfunctions The srs indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when the ignition is switched on and goes out no later than a few seconds after the engine has been started The SRS components are in operational readiness if the srs indicator lamp is not lit when the engine is running A malfunction in the system has been detected if the srs indicator lamp e fails to go out after approximately 4 seconds after the engine is started e does not come on at all e comes on after the engine was started or while driving A Warning In the event that the indicator lamp comes on while driving or does not come on at all the SRS self check has detected a malfunction For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have 463_AKB d2ureepe 2 52 en US the system checked otherwise the SRS may not deploy when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury In addition improper work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technic
40. To stop steering wheel movement do one of the following e Move steering wheel adjustment stalk e Press one of the memory position buttons e Press the memory button Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel will return to its last set position when you close the driver s door with the ignition switched on The steering wheel will also return to its last set position when you insert the SmartKey into the starter switch with the driver s door closed The last set steering wheel position is stored when the ignition is switched off or the position is stored in memory gt page 71 With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel tilts upwards when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The steering wheel also tilts upwards when you open the driver s door with the SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 When the current position for the steering wheel is in the uppermost tilt position the steering wheel will no longer be able to move upward when the easy entry exit feature is activated The adjustment procedure is briefly interrupted when the engine is started N Warning Let the system complete the adjustment proc
41. approved for your vehicle model may For information on recommended tire require the purchase of rims of the inflation pressure and supplemental tire recommended size for use with these inflation pressure information for special winter tires This depends on vehicle model driving situations see gt page 154 and the standard or optional factory equipped wheel rim tire configuration on your vehicle For more information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following pages also list the approved rim and tire sizes for equipping your vehicle with winter tires Winter tires are not Same size tires G 550 G 55 AMG 18 wheels Rims light alloy 76 J x NB FI 7 8152 NS FP Wheel offset 1 69 in 43 mm 1 69 in 43 mm All season tires22 265 60 R18 110VM S Technical data u Winter tires 223 265 60 R18 109H M S a G 55 AMG 19 wheels AMGrims lightalloy 9 5 Jx 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 97 in 50 mm All season tires2224 275 55 R19 111V M S Spare wheel G 550 G 55 AMG Rim light alloy 7 5 x 18 H2 7 5 x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 69 in 43 mm 1 69 in 43 mm All season tire2 265 60 R18 110V M S 265 60 R18 110V M S 22 Radial ply tires 23 Not available as factory equipment 24 Must not be used with snow chains 25 Radial ply tire 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 252 Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Fuels coolants lubricants etc Fuels coolants lubricants etc fluids Otherwi
42. before driving through sand However if you do so remember to correct the tire inflation pressure before continuing your trip Driving with reduced tire inflation pressure increases the risk of losing control of the vehicle and rolling over Checklist before off road driving Engine oil level e Check the engine oil level gt page 149 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Only with a proper oil level can the vehicle obtain a trouble free oil supply even on steep gradients H if an engine oil level warning message appears in the multifunction display while driving stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon at is safe to do so Check the engine oil level The engine oil level warning messages should not be ignored Extended driving with the message displayed could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Tires e Check the tread depth and maintain specified tire inflation pressure A placard with the recommended tire inflation pressures is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 161 e Check tires for possible damage and remove foreign objects e Replace missing valve caps Rims e Dented or bent rims can cause tire inflation pressure loss and damage the tire beads For this reason check and if necessary change rims before driving off road Vehicle tool kit e Check if the jack gt page 195 is functional e Always take the vehicle tool kit
43. gt page 162 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 163 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Tires and wheels Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Step 1 Combined weight limit 1500 lbs 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs of occupants and cargo from Tire and Loading Information placard Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Step 2 Number of occupants 5 3 1 driver and passengers 5 Seating configuration front 2 front 1 front 1 rear 3 Kealee2 S Occupants weight Occupant 1 Occupant 1 Occupant 1 O 150 Ibs 200 Ibs 150 Ibs Occupant 2 Occupant 2 180 Ibs 190 Ibs Occupant 3 Occupant 3 160 Ibs 150 Ibs Occupant 4 140 Ibs Occupant 5 120 Ibs Combined weight of all 750 lbs 540 Ibs 150 Ibs occupants Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Step 3 Available cargo 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs luggage and trailer 750 Ibs 540 Ibs 150 Ibs tongue weight total 750 Ibs 960 Ibs 1350 Ibs load limit from Tire and Loading Information placard minus combined weight of all occupants The higher the weight of all occupants the Certification label less cargo and luggage load capacity is available For more information see Trailer tongue load gt page 164 Even after careful determination of the combined weight of all occupants cargo and the trailer tongue load if applicable gt page 164 as to not exceed the permissible load limit you must make sure your vehicle never exceeds the Gross Vehicle DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2u
44. handling bulbs Leme yee e Your hands should be dry and free of oil and Additional turn signal LED grease lamp e If the newly installed bulb does not come Locator lighting lamp W6W on contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Turn signal lamp 1156 NA Mercedes Benz recommends using Side marker lamp T4W Longlife LL bulbs Bi Xenon headlamp D1S 35 W Have the LEDs and bulbs for the following Low and high beam lamps replaced at an authorized Mercedes Er i Wau Benz Center arking and standin oe Ne e Additional turn signal lamps in the exterior Practical hints lamp Blue Vision rear view mirrors Front fog lamp H11 55W Bi Xenon lamps Rear lamps e Front parking and standing lamps e Locator lighting lamps in the exterior rear Lamp Type view mirrors High mounted brake LED e High mounted brake lamp lamp H Do not replace the LEDs yourself You Turn signal lamp PY 21W could otherwise damage the LEDs or parts i of the vehicle Only have the LEDs replaced Brake and tail lamp P21 5W at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Tail parking and W5W Su Replacing bulbs for front lamps Backup lamp BZW Before you start to replace a bulb for a front License plate lamps C5W lamp do the following Rear fog lamp P21W gt Switch off the ignition gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position Side marker lamp T4W 0 Notes on bulb replacement Bi Xenon headlamp e Only use 12 volt bulbs of the sa
45. i Lamp Right Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 226 Brake The left or right brake lamp is malfunctioning Lamp Left Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 226 or Brake Lamp Right a TOF 3rd Brake The high mounted brake lamp is malfunctioning This z Lamp message will only appear if all LEDs have stopped working gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as e possible TOF Front The left or right front fog lamp is malfunctioning Fog lamp gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 226 Lent ou or Front Foglamp Right Front The front left side or right side marker lamp is malfunctioning Left Side Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 226 Marker Lamp or Front Right Side Marker Lamp DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 210 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Parking The left or right front parking lamp is malfunctioning A Lamp substitute bulb is being used Front gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Left possible Auxiliary Bulb On or Parking Lamp Front ia Right Auxiliary z Bulb On T wW High Beam The left or right high beam lamp is malfunctioning S Left gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as S or possible High Beam a Right Lic
46. should be stored in a secure place gt Installing Insert the head restraint into openings on the seat backrest gt Push the head restraint down to the stop gt Adjust the head restraint to the desired position cushion and inflatable air cushions built into the seat backrest to provide additional lumbar and side support The seat cushion depth seat backrest cushion height and curvature can be continuously varied with switches on the inside of each front seat when the ignition is switched on DD Controls in detail 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe me aa e i c fe O gt Switch on the ignition gt Seat cushion depth Adjust the seat cushion depth to the length of your upper leg using switch M gt Seat backrest contour Adjust the contour of the seat backrest to the desired position using switches 2 and gt Seat backrest side bolsters Adjust the side bolsters so that they provide good lateral support using switch P91 30 2442 31 The blue indicator lamps in seat ventilation switch Q come on to show which ventilation level you have selected The seat ventilation for the driver s seat can be activated using the summer opening feature gt page 82 gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press seat ventilation switch 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 66 Version 2 11 7 1 Three blue indicator lamps in the
47. system button Cargo compartment lamps on off Right reading lamp on off Power tilt sliding sunroof switch Automatic interior lighting Interior rear view mirror Garage door opener Hands free microphone for Tele Aid emergency call system and telephone Left reading lamp on off Page 137 78 77 125 ZU 69 140 VY 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 30 Version 2 11 7 1 Function Switches for opening closing front and rear door windows Override switch Seat adjustment Inside door handle Memory function for storing seat exterior rear view mirrors and steering wheel settings Page 81 49 63 59 70 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 31 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle equipment 32 Occupantsatetyr ere eee 32 Paniesalanmeen nee ee 49 Driving safety systems 50 Anti theft systems 0 54 Safety and security EB 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security E Occupant safety Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Occupant safety Introduction In this section you will learn the most important facts about the restraint s
48. the air recirculation mode will not switch on automatically A quantity of outside air is added after approximately 30 minutes gt Deactivating Press button 6 aj again The indicator lamp in the button goes out 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 124 Version 2 11 7 1 The manually selected air recirculation mode is deactivated automatically e after 5 minutes if the outside temperature is below approximately 41 F 5 C e after 5 minutes if the air conditioning is turned off e after 30 minutes if the outside temperature is above approximately 41 F 5 C Residual heat and ventilation With the engine switched off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior for up to 30 minutes This feature makes use of the residual heat produced by the engine How long the system will provide heating depends on the coolant temperature and the selected temperature The blower will run at low speed regardless of the air distribution control setting gt Activating Switch off the ignition gt Press button 4 The indicator lamp in the button comes on gt Deactivating Press button 4 The indicator lamp in the button goes out The residual heat is deactivated automatically e when the ignition is switched on e after approximately 30 minutes e if the battery voltage drops e if the coolant temperature is too low Front windshield defrost
49. with your back against the seat backrest Fasten your seat belt and make sure it is properly positioned on your body Since the air bag inflates with considerable speed and force a proper seating position and correct positioning of the hands on the steering wheel will help to keep you at a safe distance from the air bag Occupants who are not wearing their seat belt are not seated properly or are too close to the air bag can be seriously injured or killed by an air bag as it inflates with great force instantaneously e Sit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest e Move the driver seat as far back as possible still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s chest to the center of the air bag cover on the steering wheel must be at least 10 inches 25 cm or more You should be able to accomplish this by adjusting the seat and steering wheel If you have any difficulties please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not lean your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel rim Placing hands and arms inside the rim can increase the risk and potential severity of hand arm injury when the driver front air bag inflates Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied Occ
50. 2 11 7 1 Lighter see Cigarette lighter Lighting secretos 72 Daytime running lamp mode 73 Exterior IMETO ii sciri Limp home mode 90 Loading see Vehicle loading Locator lighting Locking the vehicle M nually asssessesitereiee Loss of DO OKI Gta sce nannte 246 Low beam headlamps 72 Exterior lamp switch ueenneeerseneennen 72 Replacing bulbs uer isss 226 SWIECHINRON GES 72 Lubric nts 222esenssernsge 252 C Maintenance 19 Maintenance System 185 Service indicato ecrane 186 Service indicator resetting 187 Service indicator display Service indicator message Service indicator message CICATING csccecestsecesesesessseasrsesedeneseoeen Service term exceeded Manual headlamp mode Low beam headlamps 72 Maximum engine speed see Vehicle specification Maximum loaded vehicle weight Maximum load rating tires Maximum permissible tire inflation pressure ee Mechanical key 2 Media interface Memory function Menus see Control system menus 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Mirrors Auto dimming rear view mirrors 70 Exterior rear view mirror parking DOSILIONS iiss 70 71 Exter
51. 27 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Multifunction steering wheel Function Page Multifunction steering wheel Reset button for Trip odometer 96 Settings 103 Adjusting instrument cluster illumination 96 At a glance A Function Page Multifunction display 98 Press button or e to select submenus in the Settings menu 104 e to set values e to set the volume Press button F e to answer a call 110 to dial 110 e to redial 110 Press button A e toend a call 110 e to reject an incoming call 110 Press button EH or C to select next or previous menu 97 1 Function only available in telephone menu 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 28 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Center console Function Page Press button A or lt 7 Upper part briefly _ e to move within a menu e to select previous or next track or stored station within Audio DVD menu 100 Ata glance E e to switch to the phone book and select a name or number within Telephone menu 110 Press and hold button Alo e to select previous or next track with quick search or to select previous or next station in station list or wave band within Audio Functi P DVD menu nae unction age e to start the quick Seat heating switch search in the phone driver s side 66 Lo ullingslephens Wind
52. 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 Poly V belt 2404 mm Electrical system G 550 Alternator Starter motor Battery Spark plugs type Spark plugs electrode gap Spark plugs tightening torque 14 V 180 A 12 V 1 4 kW 12 V 95 Ah NGK PLKR 7A 0 031 in 0 8 mm 15 18 lb ft 20 25 Nm Main dimensions G 550 Overall vehicle length Overall vehicle width 3 Overall vehicle height Wheelbase Track front Track rear Ground clearance front Ground clearance rear Turning circle 11 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating 12 Inc spare wheel 13 Exterior rear view mirrors folded out 186 2 in 4730 mm 79 7 in 2025 mm 77 8 in 1977 mm 112 2 in 2850 mm 59 7 in 1515 mm 59 7 in 1515 mm 8 5 in 217 mm 8 1 in 205 mm 43 6 ft 13 3 m 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 249 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle specification G 55 AMG 463 271 Weights and ratings G 550 Engine G 55 AMG Gross Vehicle 6615 Ib 3000 kg Output acc to 500 hp 6 100 rpm Weight Rating SAE J 1349 373 kW 6 100 rpm GVWR 5 Maximum torque 516 Ib ft Gross Axle 3110 Ib 1410 kg acc to SAEJ 1349 2750 4000 rpm Weight Rating 700 Nm GAWR front 2750 4000 rpm Gross Axle 3965 Ib 1800 kg Maximum engine 6500 rpm Weight Rating speed 15 CANDE Firing order 15426378 Poly V belt Belt one 1289 mm Vehicle specification G 55 AMG Belt two 2449 mm 463 271
53. Do not switch the transfer case on en ce gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Required possible TE Mie The shift process in the transfer case was canceled because Procedure of a malfunction Canceled gt Repeat the shift process gt page 91 Practical hints F TC Smire You have not met the shift conditions for a selection process Conditions inthe transfer case Not gt Repeat the shift process gt pa ge 91 Fulfilled TC In No gear has been selected in the transfer case it is in Neutral Neutral gt Engage transfer case to gear position HIGH or LOW gt page 91 A Warning not hold the vehicle The parking brake must If the transfer case is in Neutral the park be engaged to hold the vehicle in place position P of the automatic transmission will 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 204 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions The tailgate is open gt Close the tailgate gt page 61 You are driving with the hood open HQ gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as it is safe to do so Close the hood gt page 149 There is otherwise danger of an accident You are driving with at least one door open gt Close all doors Remove Key You have forgotten to remove the SmartKey gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Prac
54. E 206 Bead ltire nn00 ee 172 Beverage holders see Cup holders Brake fluid Checking level Messages in the multifunction display nenne Brake lamps Cleaning lenses uu High mounted brake lamp Replacing DUIDS 0 eeeeeeeeeeeee Brake pads Messages in the multifunction Parking brake Warning lamp Break in period Brush guard Bulbs see Replacing bulbs CAC Customer Assistance Center 21 California retail buyers and lessees important notice for 19 Calls phone u Can holders see Cup holders Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 44 252 Cargo compartment Cargo volume expanding 128 Coven blind s 2 04i2s42052058428020 82442835 129 Tie down NES enrere rets 128 Cargo compartment cover blind 129 Cargo tie down rings 128 Carpets cleaning 192 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 5 Version 2 11 7 1 Central locking Automati senisesse 60 108 Locking unlocking from inside 60 Central locking unlocking switch 60 Certification label 246 Children in the vehicle Air Bags 33 BabySmart air bag deactivation SYSTEM science sss attics ovestetcnessveenseencevend 36 Blocking of rear window operation 49 Child safety locks rear doors 48 Child seat anchors LATCH type 48
55. For regular cleaning and care of ornamental moldings use a damp cloth H Do not use chrome cleaner on ornamental moldings Although ornamental moldings may have chrome appearance they could be made of anodized aluminum that will be damaged when cleaned with chrome cleaner Instead use a damp cloth to clean those ornamental moldings For very dirty ornamental moldings of which you are sure are chrome plated use DD Operation iq 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Vehicle care a chrome cleaner If in doubt whether an ornamental molding is chrome plated contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Headlamps brake lamps tail lamps side markers turn signal lenses gt Use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water H Only use window cleaning solutions that are suitable for plastic lamp lenses Window cleaning solutions which are not suitable may damage the plastic lamp lenses of the headlamps Therefore do not use abrasives solvents or cleaners that contain solvents Cleaning the Rear Parking Assist system sensors Rear Parking Assist system sensors are located in the rear bumper P88 20 3279 31 Only clean Rear Parking Assist system sensors 1 by hand gt Use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water and a soft non scratching cloth to clean Rear Parking Assist system s
56. Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and top tether strap or lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat e Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 46 Version 2 11 7 1 Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when it is installed properly Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or
57. Side marker lamp bulb The following description applies to both the een ht front and the rear side marker lamps gt Gently press onto bulb and turn counterclockwise out of its bulb socket gt Gently press the new bulb into the bulb socket and turn clockwise until it engages DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Replacing bulbs gt Insert the bulb socket back into side marker lamp housing 2 gt Reinstall dust cover gt Reinstall side marker lamp housing 2 gt Install and tighten securing screws Q Do not overtighten securing screws Otherwise side marker lamp housing could be damaged i ulb Before you start to replace a bulb for a rear lamp do the following gt Switch off the ignition gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position 0 Removing installing rear lamp guard G 55 AMG only gt Remove screws 2 gt Swivel rear lamp guard 1 outward Make sure the guard does not strike painted surfaces gt Swivel rear lamp guard 1 back after replacing bulbs and fasten it with screws 2 Tail lamp unit gt G55 AMG only Remove the rear lamp guard 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 230 Version 2 11 7 1 Example illustration Left tail lamp lens right tail lamp lens laterally reversed gt Loosen and remove securing screws Q gt Remove tail lamp lens 2 Example illustration Left tail lamp
58. The quoted data apply only to the standard Electrical system G 55 AMG Technical data u vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Alternator 14V 180 A Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment Starter motor 12 V 1 7 kW Engine G 55 AMG Battery 12 V 90 Ah Engine type 113 Spark plugs type NGK ILFR 6A Mode of operation 4 stroke engine Spark plugs 0 039 in 1 0 mm gasoline injection electrode gap No of cylinders 8 Spark plugs 15 22 lb ft 7 tightening torque 20 30 Nm Bore 3 82 in 97 00 mm Siros SEZ in POO rm Main dimensions G 55 AMG Totalipiston SoU Overall vehicle 186 2 in displacement 5439 cm length 4730 mm Compression 9 0 1 188 2 in ads 4780 mm 8 14 The GVWR is the maximum permissible vehicle weight The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW comprises weight of vehicle including fuel tools spare wheel installed accessories passengers cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load The GVW must never exceed the GVWR 15 The GAWR is the maximum permissible axle weight 16 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating 17 Inc spare wheel 18 Inc spare wheel and brush guard U S vehicles only DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Technical data u Rims and tires Main dimensions G 55 AMG Overall vehicle 79 7 in 2025 mm width Overall vehicle 77 4 in 1 1965 mm height Wheelbase 112 2 in 2850 mm Track front 59 1 in 1501 mm Track
59. Unburned gasoline may have entered the catalytic converter and damaged it gt Give very little gas gt Have the problem checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The coolant temperature is above 248 F 120 C The coolant is too hot and is no longer cooling the engine gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible gt Turn off the engine immediately 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 85 Version 2 11 7 1 Driving and parking gt Allow the engine and coolant to cool off Check the coolant level and add coolant if necessary gt page 152 In case of accident If the vehicle is leaking fuel gt Do not start the engine under any circumstances gt Exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway gt Notify local fire and or police authorities If the extent of the damage cannot be determined gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance If no damage on major assemblies fuel system and engine mount can be determined gt Start the engine in the usual manner Parking N Warning Do not park this vehicle in areas where combustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system These materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Vehicle movement can cause serious personal injury or damage to the vehicle or the vehicle drivetrain Therefore always do the fo
60. Version 2 11 7 1 Driving systems Canceling cruise control gt Depress the brake pedal or gt Briefly push the cruise control lever in direction of arrow G The last set speed is stored for later use The last stored speed is deleted from memory when the engine is turned off The cruise control also switches off automatically when Setting current or higher speed Controls in detail a Setting current or lower speed e the vehicle speed falls below 20 mph Canceling the cruise control 30 km h Resume to last set speed the ESP is in operation the ESP is switched off with the ESP Activating cruise control switch You can activate the cruise control at a the ESP has switched off due to a vehicle speed above 20 mph 30 km h malfunction You cannot activate the cruise control e you shift the automatic transmission into e when you brake neutral position N while driving e when you have engaged the parking brake Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate the cruise control After a brief acceleration e g for passing the cruise control will resume the last set speed e when the automatic transmission is in park position P reverse gear R or neutral position N the ESP is switched off or has switched off Changing the set speed due to a malfunction A Warning Setting current speed Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment m 717 until the vehicle has made the necessary gt Ac
61. Version 2 11 7 1 Non LATCH type child seats may also be used and can be installed using the vehicle s seat belt system Install child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions LATCH type anchors are located between the seat cushion and the backrest gt Install a LATCH type child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions A rigid connection between the child seat and the body of the vehicle is established gt Make sure the seat belt for the rear center seat can operate freely with a child seat installed Child safety Child safety locks N Observe Safety notes see page 44 N Warning Children could open a rear door from the inside This may cause serious personal injury or an accident Therefore secure the rear doors with the child safety locks whenever children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The child safety locks on the rear doors enable you to secure each rear door individually You cannot open a secured rear door from the inside You can open the rear door from the outside when the vehicle is unlocked 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 49 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Panic alarm The rear door windows can no longer be PR operated using the respective switch located in the rear doors It is still possible to operate the rear door windows using the switches located on the door control panel of the driver s door er a gt Deacti
62. When applying Mercedes Benz approved Tire Care and Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care products take care not to spray them on the brake disks gt Use a soft clean cloth and a mild window cleaning solution on all outside and inside glass surfaces An automotive glass cleaner is Plastic and rubber parts recommended pu tl tabetha otk gt Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild H Fold the windshield wiper arms back onto detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing the windshield before turning the SmartKey Operation E in thestar itch solution itch RE Ba ne gt Wipe with a cloth moistened in a lukewarm Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper soluti n arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield The surface may temporarily change color If this is the case wait for it to dry A Warning Do not use cleaners or cockpit care sprays containing solvents to clean the cockpit or the steering wheel Cleaners containing solvents will make the surface porous and vehicle occupants could suffer serious injuries from plastic parts coming loose in the event of air H To clean the window interior do not use a dry cloth abrasives solvents or cleaners containing solvents Do not touch the inside of the front rear or side windows with hard objects such as an ice scraper or ring Doing so may damage the windows bag deployment Light alloy wheels If pos
63. Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center has trained technicians and Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you are interested in obtaining service literature for your vehicle please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We consider this the best way for you to obtain accurate information for your vehicle For further information you can find us on the Mercedes Benz web site www mbusa com USA only or www mercedes benz ca Canada only N Warning To help avoid personal injury be extremely careful when performing any service work or repairs Improper or incomplete service or the use of incorrect or inappropriate parts or materials may damage the vehicle or its equipment which may in turn result in personal injury If you have any questions about carrying out any type of service turn to the advice of an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore information illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Reprinting translation and copying even of excerpts is not permitted without our prior authorization in writing Press time January 15 2009 GSP OIS Printed in U S A 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 262 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1
64. a message stored 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Control system 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 100 Version 2 11 7 1 The following functions are available e Checking tire inflation pressure with the Advanced TPMS gt page 157 e Calling up digital speedometer or outside temperature gt page 100 e Calling up maintenance service indicator display gt page 186 e Checking engine oil level gt page 150 Calling up digital speedometer or outside temperature You can select whether the digital speedometer or the outside temperature appears in the multifunction display gt page 105 A Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges Controls in detail E gt Press button or 7 repeatedly until the digital speedometer or the outside temperature appears in the multifunction display Digital speedometer 72 F Outside temperature Audio DVD menu The functions in the Audio DVD menu operate the audio or video equipment which you have currently switched on The following functions are available e Selecting radio station gt page 100 e Operating audio devices audio media page 101 e Opera
65. a strong tow rope a shovel and a small plank to put under the jack on sandy soil with you 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 181 Version 2 11 7 1 Driving instructions Driving in steep terrain O POO 0D 4366 31 Slope angle Overhang angle front Overhang angle rear G 550 37 Sie G 55 AMG 23 26 e Comply with the warnings gt page 179 and rules for off road driving gt page 180 e Driving on embankments slopes and other steep inclines should only be done straight up or downhill i e in the line of gravity Maximum vehicle climbing ability is a 80 grade which is equivalent to a slope angle of approximately 38 Keep in mind that the climbing ability of the vehicle depends on terrain conditions e Shift automatic transmission into gear range 2 or 1 gt page 89 e Drive slowly e Utilize the engine s braking power when descending a slope observe the engine speed do not overrev the engine Apply the service brake as needed For maximum engine speed see Tachometer gt page 96 and see vehicle specification for your vehicle D page 248 e Check the brakes after a lengthy downgrade drive DD Operation 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Operation m Driving instructions A Warning Never turn the vehicle around on steep inclines The vehicle might roll over If the vehicle cannot complete the attempted climb back it down in reverse gear Traction
66. accidents and injury N Warning With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Adapt your driving accordingly Starting the engine Z Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open at all times 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 83 Version 2 11 7 1 Driving and parking Automatic transmission Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission P Park position with gear selector lever lock R Reverse gear N Neutral position D Drive position For more information see Automatic transmission gt page 87 gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P Starting gt Do not depress the accelerator pedal gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 gt page 62 and release it The engine starts automatically Starti
67. after unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey the 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 107 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Control system lamps will go out automatically after e Side marker lamps approximately 40 seconds gt Press button or CP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display Front fog lamps If after turning off the engine you do not open a door or do not close an opened door the lamps will automatically go out after gt Press button 4 60 seconds gt Move the selection marker with button Press button or mi repeatedly until J or to the Lighting submenu the Settings menu appears in the gt Press button Z or X repeatedly until multifunction display the message Surround Lighting appears Press button ZA in the multifunction display gt Move the selection marker with button The selection marker is on the current F or to the Light ing submenu setting gt Press button A or 7 repeatedly until the message Head delay Switch Off appears in the multifunction display Controls in detail a Surround Lighting 4 The selection marker is on the current setting Headl Delayed Switch OFF PS 32 687131 A Off gt Press button or
68. again The indicator lamp in the button goes out The previous settings are once again in effect Controls in detail Fl 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail u Front windshield defroster Windshield fogged on the outside Switch the windshield wipers on D page 79 If the automatic mode of the climate control is switched off gt Turn air distribution control to position H Orf Air recirculation mode Switch to air recirculation mode to prevent unpleasant odors from entering the vehicle from the outside e g before driving through a tunnel This setting cuts off the intake of outside air and recirculates the air in the passenger compartment N Warning Fogged windows impair visibility endangering you and others If the windows begin to fog on the inside switching off the air recirculation mode immediately should clear interior window fogging If interior window fogging persists make sure the air conditioning is activated or press button lo g FRONT e gt Activating Press button l6 amp The indicator lamp in the button comes on The air recirculation mode is activated automatically at high outside temperatures The indicator lamp in button 6 amp 6 is not lit when the air recirculation mode is switched on automatically If the air conditioning has been turned off or the outside temperature is below 41 F 5 C
69. and stone chipping To avoid paint damage you should immediately remove e Grease and oil e Fuel DD Operation u 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 188 Vehicle care Operation E e Coolant e Brake fluid e Bird droppings e Insects e Tree resins etc Frequent washing reduces and or eliminates the aggressiveness and potency of the above adverse influences More frequent washings are necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions e near the ocean e in industrial areas smoke exhaust emissions during winter operation You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chipping or other damage Any damage should be repaired as soon as possible to prevent corrosion In doing so do not neglect the underbody of the vehicle A prerequisite for a thorough check is a washing of the underbody followed by a thorough inspection Damaged areas need to be re undercoated Your vehicle has been treated at the factory with a wax base rustproofing in the body cavities which will last for the lifetime of the vehicle Post production treatment is neither necessary nor recommended by Mercedes Benz because of the possibility of incompatibility between materials used in the production process and others applied later We have selected vehicle care products and compiled recommendations which are specially matched to our vehicles and which always reflect the latest technology You can obtain Mercedes Benz appro
70. availability of cellular and GPS signals The COMAND system display indicates that a Tele Aid call is in progress While the call is connected you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on the COMAND system Spoken commands are not available A voice connection between the Customer Assistance Center representative and the occupants of the vehicle will be established Information regarding the operation of your vehicle the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or Mercedes Benz USA products and services is available to you For more details concerning the Tele Aid system please visit www mbusa com USA only log in to Owner s Online and visit the My Tele Aid section to learn more If the indicator lamp in Information button A is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an Information call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 139 Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe gt Terminating calls Press button the multifunction steering wheel or Press the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system GQ on Call priority If other service calls such as a Roadside Assistance call or Information call are active an
71. beam headlamps are only available with the exterior lamp switch in The following lamps come on and go out position 3 automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light Daytime running lamp mode e Low beam headlamps aa ar as lt Taillamape In Canada the daytime running lamp mode is m mandatory and therefore in a constant mode e Parking lamps In the USA the daytime running lamp mode e License plate lamps is deactivated by default D e Side marker lamps gt Activate the daytime running lamp mode using the control system see Setting Z Warning daytime running lamp mode USA only 2 If the exterior lamp switch is set to auro the gt page 106 2 headlamps will not automatically come on gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position T under foggy conditions 0 or auTo 8 To minimize risk to you and to others activate When the engine is running the low beam headlamps by turning exterior lamp switch to headlamps come on D when driving or when traffic and or In low ambient lighting conditions the ambient lighting conditions require you to do following lamps will come on additionally 9 e Tail lamps In low ambient lighting conditions only switch from position auro to 2 with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching e License plate lamps from auto to D will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while d
72. booklet for you Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance number 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA 1 800 387 0100 in Canada will be answered by Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day 365 days a year Roadside Assistance will be provided in accordance with standard program guidelines which include providing service to the vehicle up to a reasonable distance from a paved roadway We will make every effort to assist in a breakdown situation however the accessibility of your vehicle will be determined by our authorized Mercedes Benz Center technician or the tow service provider on a case by case basis and may be a factor in our ability to respond Additional charges may be applicable for a breakdown location determined not to be a reasonably accessible roadside location as determined by our authorized technician and tow service provider For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Introduction 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 20 Version 2 11 7 1 Program brochure in the USA or the Roadside Assistance section of the Service and Warranty Information Booklet in Canada in your vehicle literature portfolio Change of address or ownership If you change your address be sure to send
73. charge unit with a maximum charging voltage of 14 8 V Charge battery in accordance with the instructions of the battery charger manufacturer A Warning Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components and can lead to a battery explosion and severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting You might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Attempting to jump start a frozen battery can result in it exploding causing personal injury Read all instructions before proceeding Practical hints F 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Jump starting H Do not tow start the vehicle You could otherwise seriously damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Jump starting should only be performed using the jump start terminals located in the engine compartment Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Do not attempt to start the engine using a battery quick charge unit If the engine does not run after several unsuccessful starti
74. d2ureepe Rear axle differential lock gt Press switch 2 Yellow engagement indicator lamp comes on first followed by red function indicator lamp The rear axle differential lock is switched on Front differential lock gt Press switch 3 Yellow engagement indicator lamp comes on first followed by red function indicator lamp The front differential lock is switched on Switching differential locks off There are two different methods to disengage differential locks e You can switch the differential locks off in reverse order e To switch off all differential locks at the same time gt Press switch Q Yellow engagement indicator lamps go out first Red function indicator lamps 5 go out when the switching process has been carried out in the differential To activate the ESP BAS and ABS systems drive again for 3 seconds using a constant driving style All messages in the multifunction display disappear The ESP warning lamp Z and the indicator lamp in the instrument cluster go out If red function indicator lamps do not go out when the differential locks are disengaged bring vehicle to a stop and then continue driving Changing the vehicle load can help to disengage the differential locks 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 95 Version 2 11 7 1 N Warning Always remember to disengage the differential locks when
75. down the brakes faster Wet roads A Warning After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through water deep enough to wet brake components the first braking action may be somewhat reduced and increased pedal pressure may be necessary to obtain expected brake effect Maintain a safe distance from vehicles in front To help prevent brake disk corrosion after driving on wet or salt covered roads it is advisable to brake the vehicle with DD Operation E 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 178 Version 2 11 7 1 Driving instructions considerable force prior to parking The heat N Warning generated serves to dry the brakes If other than recommended brake pads are installed or other than recommended brake fluid is used the braking properties of the vehicle can be degraded to an extent that safe braking is substantially impaired This could result in an accident Salt covered roads A Warning A layer of salt on the brake discs and the brake linings may cause a delay in the braking effect resulting in a significantly increased braking distance which could lead to an H Only conduct operational or performance Operation a accident To avoid this danger you should e occasionally brake carefully when you are driving on salt covered roads so that any layer of salt that may have built up on the brake discs and the brake linings is remove
76. endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking maneuvers Driving instructions Drive sensibly save fuel To save fuel you should e Keep tires at the recommended inflation pressures e Remove unnecessary loads e Allow engine to warm up under low load use e Avoid frequent acceleration and deceleration e Have all maintenance work performed at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Booklet and as required by the Maintenance system Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Fuel consumption is also increased by driving in cold weather in stop and go traffic on short trips and in mountainous areas 463_AKB d2ureepe 2 52 en US Drinking and driving N Warning Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combinations Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment The possibility of a serious or even fatal accident are greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or taking drugs Pedals N Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obstacles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure that the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could ge
77. engine turned off itis possible gt page 124 to continue to heat or ventilate the gt page 121 gt page 124 e g in a tunnel Otherwise the windows can fog up due to lack of fresh air USA only Qp Front defroster Canada only again Notes on climate control system The climate control system is operational whenever the engine is running You can operate the climate control system in either the automatic or manual mode The system cools or heats the interior depending on the selected interior temperature and the current outside temperature It can only function optimally when you are driving with the windows and the tilt sliding sunroof closed Nearly all dust particles pollutants and odors are filtered out before outside air enters the passenger compartment through the air distribution system N Warning Severe conditions e g strong air pollution may require replacement of the filter before its scheduled replacement interval A clogged filter will reduce the air volume to the interior and the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Have a clogged filter replaced as soon as Front defroster Keep this setting selected only until the gt page 123 windshield or the side windows are clear possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The air conditioning will not engage no cooling if the A C mode gt page 121 is deactivated
78. even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to completely eliminate this risk is to never place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in a rear facing child restraint in a backseat If you must install a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat because circumstances require you to do so make sure the amp x ed indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Should the amp seal indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the 3 sea indicator lamp while driving to make sure the Zn e indicator lamp is illuminated If the 3 s indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates If you have to place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recomme
79. gt page 179 and rules for off road driving gt page 180 e Shift automatic transmission into gear range 1 gt page 89 e Drive next to the ruts rather than through them if at all possible e If the ruts are too deep to drive in drive with one side of the vehicle on the grassy center strip if the route permits Returning from off road driving A Warning Never drive on pavement with activated differential locks Engaged front axle differential locks limits ability to move around curves If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possible damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 184 Version 2 11 7 1 Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle or tires appear unsafe have the vehicle towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for repairs Off road driving increases strain on the vehicle We recommend that you inspect the vehicle for possible damage after each off road trip Recognizing any damage and a subsequent timely repair reduces the chance of a possible breakdown or accident later on Proceed as follows e Switch the transfer case to position HIGH gt page 91 e Switch differential locks off gt page 93 e Clean all exteri
80. impact the ETDs remove slack from the seat belts in such a way that the seat belts fit more snugly against the body Seat belt force limiters when activated are employed to help reduce the peak force exerted by the seat belts on occupants during a crash The ETDs do not correct an incorrect seat position or incorrectly worn seat belts The ETDs do not pull occupants back toward the seat backrest A Warning Pyrotechnic ETDs that were activated must be replaced For your safety when disposing of the pyrotechnic ETDs always follow our safety DD Safety and security iz 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security fd Occupant safety instructions These are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Correct driver seat adjustment N Warning In order to avoid possible loss of vehicle control all seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fastening of seat belts must be done before the vehicle is put into motion Steering wheel N Observe Safety notes see page 67 Position the steering wheel properly D page 68 Make sure e You can reach the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent at the elbows e You can move your legs freely e All displays including malfunction and indicator lamps on the instrument cluster are clearly visible Seat belt N Observe Safety notes see page 38 gt Fasten and position your seat belt corre
81. inside e the tailgate is opened from the inside To cancel the alarm after it has been triggered see Canceling the alarm gt page 55 gt Arming Lock the vehicle with the SmartKey The turn signal lamps flash three times to indicate that the vehicle is locked Indicator lamp 1 flashes to indicate that the alarm system is armed ifthe turn signal lamps do not flash three times a door or the tailgate may not be properly closed 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 55 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Anti theft systems Close the respective element gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter gt Disarming Unlock the vehicle with the switch SmartKey gt Press tow away alarm switch The turn signal lamps flash once to indicate Indicator lamp comes on briefly that the alarm system is disarmed Exit and lock the vehicle The vehicle will lock andthe alarm system The tow away alarm remains disabled until will rearm automatically again after you lock the vehicle again approximately 40 seconds unless you open a door or the tailgate To cancel the alarm do one of the following gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch gt Press button a or onthe SmartKey Once the tow away alarm is armed a visual and audible alarm will be triggered when someone attempts to raise the vehicle To cancel the alarm after it has been triggered see
82. is removed Left reading lamp Rear interior lamp Right reading lamp DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Lighting Right rear reading lamp on off Left rear reading lamp on off Bx B Reading lamps gt Switching on off Press respective reading lamp switch Switching rear interior lamp on off manually The switch for the rear interior lamp and the cargo compartment lamps is located in the overhead control panel gt Switching rear interior lamp on off Press switch 4 The cargo compartment lamps will also come on and off Switching rear interior lamp on off automatically The rear interior lamp switches on and off automatically when the automatic control is switched on gt page 77 and a rear door is opened or closed The rear interior lamp cannot be switched off with switch 1 gt page 78 located in the front overhead control panel 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 78 Version 2 11 7 1 The switch for the cargo compartment lamps and the rear interior lamp is located in the overhead control panel The cargo compartment lamps are located above the rear window gt Switching cargo compartment lamps 2 on off Press switch Q When opening the tailgate cargo compartment lamps 2 come on automatically Switching off the cargo compartment lamps using switch in the ov
83. is under pressure e Using a rag slowly open the cap approximately turn to relieve excess pressure If opened immediately scalding hot fluid and steam will be blown out under pressure e Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 153 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Engine compartment gt Using a rag turn cap slowly approximately turn counterclockwise to release any excess pressure gt Continue turning cap 1 counterclockwise and remove it The coolant level is correct if the level e for cold coolant reaches the top of the mark plastic bridge in coolant expansion tank 2 e for warm coolant is approximately 0 6 in 1 5 cm higher Fluid for the washer system rear window washer system and the headlamp cleaning Operation E gt Add coolant as required system is supplied from the washer fluid gt Attach and tighten cap reservoir For more information on coolant see the During all seasons add MB Windshield Technical data section gt page 253 and Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit to gt page 255 water Premix the washer fluid in a suitable container gt Opening washer fluid reservoir Pull tab of cap D upwards gt Refill the washer fluid reservoir with MB N Warning Windshield Washer Concentrate MB
84. ive Unlocking the vehicle Manu lly uus00 Upholstery cleaning ee Useful features uu20 Vehicle Control system Identification Number VIN Individual settings Locking unlocking u neesesernerneen nee Locking unlocking manually Lowering wheel change Modifications and alterations Vehicle dimensions see Vehicle specification Vehicle Identification Number Vehicle jack see Jack Vehicle lighting 72 Vehicle loading Cargo tie down rings Cargo volume expanding IMSEPUCTIONS 25 0cscesecsectcevevans Load limit ROOT tracker Terminology Vehicle maximum load on the tire Vehicle Recovery services Stolen TeleAld u 2u 0220 Re Vehicle specification Vehicle status message memory Vehicle tool kit e 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 16 Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle washing see Vehicle care Vehicle weights see Vehicle specification Warning sounds Driver s or passenger s seat belt 43 P rking brake esieaisise Rear Parking Assist system Seat belt telltale eee Warranty coverage Washer and headlamp cleaning Washer fluid Messages in the multifunction Wear pattern tires Weights vehicle see Vehicle specification Wheel Tightening torque Wheels sizes
85. meets requirements of the U S Department of Transportation GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum permissible axle weight The gross vehicle weight on each axle must never exceed the GAWR for the front and rear axle indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GTW Gross Trailer Weight The GTW is the weight of the trailer plus the weight of all cargo equipment luggage etc loaded on the trailer GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The GVW comprises the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools spare wheel installed accessories passengers and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load The GVW must never exceed the GVWR indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating This is the maximum permissible vehicle weight of the fully loaded vehicle weight of the vehicle including all options passengers fuel and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load It is indicated on certification label located on the driver s door B pillar Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure There are 6 9 kPa to 1 psi another metric unit for air pressure is bar There are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 173 Version 2 11 7 1 Tires and wheels Maximum load rating The maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Maximum loaded vehicle weight
86. must also be checked Only use seat belts which have been approved by Mercedes Benz 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 39 Version 2 11 7 1 Occupant safety Do not make any modifications to the seat belts This can lead to unintended activation ofthe ETDs orto their failure to activate when necessary Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Have all work carried out only by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Proper use of seat belts A Warning USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY e Seat belts can only work when used properly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this section as that could result in serious injuries in case of an accident Each occupant should wear their seat belt at alltimes because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents including rollovers The integrated restraint system includes SRS driver front air bag front passenger front air bag window curtain air bags for door windows Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs and seat belt force limiters The system is designed to enhance the protection offered to properly belted occupants in certain frontal front air bags and ETDs and side window curtain air bags and ETDs impacts which exceed preset deployment thresholds Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm agains
87. not functioning N Warning The BabySmart air bag deactivation system will ONLY work with a special child seat designed to operate with it It will not work with child seats which are not BabySmart compatible Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness off the BabySmart air bag deactivation system The bottom of the child seat must make full contact with the front passenger seat cushion An incorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of protecting the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of special child seats Seat belts Safety notes The use of seat belts and infant and child restraint systems is required by law in all 50 states the District of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Even where this is not the case all vehicle occupants should have their seat belts fastened whenever the vehicle is in motion For information on infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle and restraint systems for infants and children see Children in the vehicle gt page 44 N Warning Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure all of your passengers are 463_AKB d2ureepe 2 52 en US properly restrained You and your passengers should always wear seat belts Failure to wear and properly fasten and
88. or CP repeatedly until the Navigation menu appears in the multifunction display The message shown in the multifunction display depends on the status of the navigation system e With the COMAND system switched off the message NAVI Off appears in the multifunction display e With the COMAND system switched on but route guidance not activated the direction of travel and if applicable the name of the street currently traveled on appear in the multifunction display e With the COMAND system switched on and route guidance activated the direction of travel and maneuver instructions appear in the multifunction display Please refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions for instructions on how to activate the route guidance system 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 102 Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle status message memory menu Use the Vehicle status message memory menu to scan malfunction and warning messages that may be stored in the memory Such messages appear in the multifunction display and are based on conditions or system status the vehicle s system has recorded The Vehicle status message memory menu only appears if messages have been stored N Warning Malfunction and warning messages are only indicated for certain systems and are intentionally not very detailed The malfunction and warning messages are simply a reminder with respect to the operation of certain systems They
89. or tires with the same designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part For further information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If incorrectly sized rims and tires are mounted the wheel brakes or suspension components can be damaged Also the operating clearance of the wheels and the tires may no longer be correct A Warning Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is worn to minimum tread depth or if the tires have sustained damage replace them When replacing rims only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim type Failure to do so can result in the bolts loosening and possibly an accident Retreaded tires are not tested or recommended by Mercedes Benz since previous damage cannot always be recognized on retreads The operating safety of the vehicle cannot be assured when such tires are used N Warning If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possible damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle or tires 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 154 Version 2 11 7 1 appear unsafe have the vehicle towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for repairs A Warning
90. parcel saure 128 Night security illumination 74 107 Normal occupant weight 173 Number vehicle identification VIN vies sseceecsenccesasssersicssseanintencevsreters 247 Occupant distribution 173 Occupant safety uu een 32 All Bags 33 BaDySimart 3 c icccssssctessstschtoesceais au 36 Children and air bags 33 Children in the vehicle 44 Child seat anchors LATCH type 48 Fastening the seat belts 40 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lampann 36 220 Infant and child restraint systems 45 Seat Bells 34 38 Odometer 2 40 98 Off road driving 179 Checklist ee 180 184 Crossing obstacles 183 Driving instructions 179 Driving on sand cersesersereneernnnenne 183 Driving through water 182 Returning esse 184 RUS en E 184 Steep terfain usussenee 181 Oil see Engine oil 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Oil level see Engine oil Checking level On board computer see Control system One touch gearshifting 90 Operating safety nn 21 Ornamental moldings cleaning 189 Outside temperature see Displays Overhead control panel 30 Paintwork cleaning Paintwork code
91. position your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are properly wearing your seat belt The air bags can only protect as intended if the occupants are properly wearing their seat belts N Warning Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and the seat belt is properly positioned on the body N Warning Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Make sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly restrained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time N Warning Damaged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points
92. pressure Otherwise the tire will be underinflated Follow recommended cold tire inflation pressures listed on Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Keeping the tires properly inflated provides the best handling tread life and riding comfort Tires and wheels In addition to the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar also consult the tire inflation pressure label if available on the inside of the filler flap for any additional information pertaining to special driving situations For more information see Important notes on tire inflation pressure gt page 155 Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Tire data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle P40 00 2133 21 The Tire and Loading Information placard lists the recommended cold tire inflation pressures 1 for maximum loaded vehicle weight The tire inflation pressures listed apply to the tires installed as original equipment Important notes on tire inflation pressure A Warning If the tire inflation pressure drops repeatedly check the tires for punctures from foreign objects and or whether air is leaking from the valves or from around the rim Tire temperature and tire inflation pre
93. rear 59 1 in 1501 mm Ground clearance front 7 9 in 200 mm Ground clearance rear 7 9 in 200 mm Turning circle 43 6 ft 13 3 m Weights and ratings G 55 AMG Gross Vehicle 6615 Ib 3000 kg Weight Rating GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR front Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR rear 3263 Ib 1480 kg 3965 Ib 1800 kg Rims and tires Notes H Only use tires which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Tires approved by Mercedes Benz are developed to provide best possible performance in conjunction with the driving safety systems 19 Exterior rear view mirrors folded out 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 250 Version 2 11 7 1 on your vehicle such as the ABS or the ESP Tires specially developed for your vehicle and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz can be identified by finding the following on the tire s sidewall e MO Mercedes Benz Original equipment tires May not apply to all approved tires For information on tested and approved tires contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz may result in damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz can have detrimental effects such as e poor handling characteristics e increased noise e increased fuel consumption Moreover tires and rims not approved by Mercedes Benz may u
94. selector lever must be in neutral position N and the SmartKey must be in starter switch position 2 When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground the vehicle may be towed only for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h If the vehicle is towed with one axle raised observe instructions regarding flexible drive shaft and propeller shafts the engine must be shut off and the SmartKey must be in starter switch position 1 Otherwise the 4 ETS may become engaged which may cause loss of towing control A Warning If circumstances require towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground always tow with a tow bar if Practical hints e the engine will not run e there is a malfunction in the brake system e there is a malfunction in the power supply or in the vehicle s electrical system This is necessary to adequately control the towed vehicle 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 240 Version 2 11 7 1 Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground make sure the SmartKey is in starter switch position 2 If the SmartKey is left in the starter switch position O for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the switch In this case the steering is locked To unlock remove SmartKey from starter switch and reinsert A Warning With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important t
95. skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc A Warning Do not place metal objects on the battery as this could result in a short circuit Use leak proof batteries only to avoid the risk of acid burns in the event of an accident Take care that you do not become statically charged e g by wearing synthetic clothing or rubbing against textiles For this reason you also should not pull or push the battery over carpets or other synthetic materials Never touch the battery first First touch the outside body of the vehicle in order to release any possible electrostatic charges 463_AKB d2ureepe 2 52 en US Do not rub the battery with rags or cloths The battery could explode if touched due to electrostatic charge or due to spark formation H As any other battery the battery may discharge if do not operate the vehicle for an extended period of time Have the battery disconnect at a qualified workshop or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center in such a case You may also connect an accessory battery charge unit expressly approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model to maintain the battery charge Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information The batter
96. small children are around DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail a gt Insert the mechanical key in the lock cylinder gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise to position 2 and remove the mechanical key in that position to lock the tailgate The tailgate remains locked even when the vehicle is centrally unlocked You can only cancel the separate tailgate locking mode by means of the mechanical key gt Unlocking Remove the mechanical key from the SmartKey gt page 221 gt Insert the mechanical key in the lock cylinder gt Turn the mechanical key counterclockwise to neutral position 1 and remove the mechanical key in that position to unlock the tailgate You can now open the tailgate Starter switch positions SmartKey l N Observe Safety notes see page 44 Starter switch 0 For removing SmartKey gear selector lever must be in park position P 1 Power supply for some electrical consumers e g radio 2 Ignition power supply for all electrical consumers and driving position 3 Starting position 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 62 Version 2 11 7 1 When you switch on the ignition all lamps except low beam headlamp indicator lamp high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless activated in the instrument cluster come on If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when
97. stored speed Resume function A Warning The set speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the preset speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever in direction of arrow 4 gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal The last stored speed is deleted from memory when the engine is turned off Hill start assist system A Warning The hill start assist system is not designed to function as a parking brake It does not prevent the vehicle from moving when parked on an incline 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 114 Version 2 11 7 1 Always engage the parking brake in addition to shifting the automatic transmission into park position P On uphill grades the hill start assist system maintains the pressure in the brake system for approximately 1 second after you have released the brake pedal Therefore you can start off smoothly without the vehicle moving immediately after releasing the brake pedal gt Depress the brake pedal gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D or reverse gear R Release the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal The hill start assist system is inactive e when starting off on a level road or downhill grades e with the autom
98. submenu e Selecting speedometer display mode gt page 105 e Selecting language gt page 105 e Selecting display digital speedometer or outside temperature for status indicator gt page 105 Lighting submenu e Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only gt page 106 e Setting locator lighting gt page 106 e Setting night security illumination Headlamps delayed shut off feature gt page 107 e Setting interior lighting delayed shut off gt page 108 Vehicle submenu e Setting automatic central locking gt page 108 Convenience submenu e Activating easy entry exit feature gt page 109 Instrument cluster submenu Access the Inst Cluster submenu via the Settings menu Use the Inst Cluster submenu to change the instrument cluster display settings The following functions are available e Selecting speedometer display mode gt page 105 e Selecting language gt page 105 e Selecting display digital speedometer or outside temperature for status indicator gt page 105 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Selecting speedometer display mode gt Press button or CP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 gt Move the selection marker with button or tothe Inst Cluster submenu gt Press button Z or repeatedly until the message Disp Unit Speed Odom appears in the multifunction display The selection
99. substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale USA only Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated This Lamp in center console Problem EAE The front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 220 Version 2 11 7 1 sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A
100. the ignition is switched on have it checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster remains on after starting the engine or comes on while driving refer to Lamps in instrument cluster gt page 213 If the SmartKey is left in starter switch position O for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the starter switch In this case the steering is locked To unlock remove SmartKey from the starter switch and reinsert The steering is locked when the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch H If the SmartKey cannot be turned in the starter switch the vehicle battery may not be sufficiently charged e Check the vehicle battery and charge it if necessary e Get a jump start Always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch when the engine is not in operation This will help to prevent accelerated vehicle battery discharge or a completely discharged vehicle battery Safety notes A Warning In order to avoid possible loss of vehicle control all seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fastening of seat belts must be done before the vehicle is put into motion 463_AKB d2ureepe 2 52 en US N Warning Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined posi
101. the intake valves and in the combustion area leading to engine performance problems such as e Warm up hesitation e Unstable idle e Knocking pinging 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 255 Version 2 11 7 1 Fuels coolants lubricants etc e Misfire e Power loss In areas where carbon deposits may be encountered due to lack of availability of gasoline which contains these additives Mercedes Benz recommends the use of additives approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only for a listing of approved product s Follow directions on product label Do not blend other fuel additives with fuel This only results in unnecessary cost and may be harmful to the engine operation El Damage or malfunction resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending additional fuel additives other than those tested and approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or by any pre owned or Extended Limited warranties Coolants The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze which provides e Corrosion protection e Freeze protection e Boiling protection by increasing the boiling point The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant providing freeze protection to approximately 35 F 37 C and corrosion protection H Add premixed coolant solution only Ad
102. the signal transmitter button proceed with programming starting with step 3 Operation of integrated remote control gt Switch on the ignition gt Select and press the appropriate integrated signal transmitter button or to activate the remote controlled device The integrated remote control transmitter continues to send the signal as long as the button is pressed up to 20 seconds 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 143 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Useful features Erasing the integrated remote control Certain types of garage door openers are memory incompatible with the integrated remote control If you should experience further difficulties with programming the integrated remote control contact an gt Switch on the ignition authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Ifyou sell your vehicle erase the codes of all three channels gt Simultaneously press and hold outer signal transmitter buttons 2 and 9 for approximately 20 seconds until indicator lamp 1 flashes rapidly Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds USA only The codes of all three channels are erased This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the Controls in detail Programming tips following two conditions If you are having difficu
103. the steering wheel hub front passenger front air bag cover outboard sides of the seat backrests door trim panels or door frame trims and installation of additional electrical electronic equipment on or near SRS components and wiring Keep area between air bags and occupants free of objects e g packages purses umbrellas etc Do not hang items such as coat hangers from the coat hooks or handles over the door These items may be thrown around in the vehicle and cause head and other injuries when the window curtain air bag is deployed Air bag system components will be hot after an air bag has inflated Do not touch them Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat In addition improper repair work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 35 Version 2 11 7 1 Occupant safety therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e For your protection and the protection of others when scrapping the air bag unit or ETD our safety instructions must be followed These instructions are available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Given the considerable deployment speed required inflation volume and the material of the air bags there is the possibility of abr
104. to the Free sliding latch plate correct height gt page 42 gt If necessary tighten the lap portion to a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion up To release the seat belt with seat belt relase button 4 see gt page 43 We gt Pull both latch plates and 7 out of attachment The seat belt has two latch plates Latch plate 4 is fixed at the end of the seat belt DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 42 Version 2 11 7 1 Occupant safety Latch plate 7 is free sliding across the seat belt Safety and security To release buckle from fixed latch plate press release button 3 using a suitable object e g a screwdriver or a coin gt With a smooth motion pull the seat belt out of attachment gt Push fixed latch plate into buckle until it clicks gt Guide the seat belt at free sliding latch plate 7 across your body Place the shoulder portion of the seat belt across the top of your shoulder and the lap portion across your hips gt Push free sliding latch plate 7 into buckle until it clicks gt f necessary tighten the lap portion to a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion up Seat belt outlet height adjustment You can adjust the height of the seat belt outlet for the following seats e Driver s seat e Front passenger seat e Rear outer seats oat P91 40 2067 41 gt Raising Slide the se
105. unit right tail lamp unit laterally reversed Turn signal lamp bulb Brake tail parking and standing lamp bulb Tail parking and standing lamp bulb gt Gently press onto respective bulb or and turn counterclockwise out of its bulb socket gt Gently press the new bulb into the bulb socket and turn clockwise until it engages gt Reinstall tail lamp lens gt Install and tighten securing screws Q 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 231 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Replacing wiper blades Do not overtighten securing screws License plate lamps Otherwise tail lamp lens 2 could be YEs damaged gt G 55 AMG only Reinstall rear lamp guard 1 gt page 230 Rear fog lamp Backup lamp The following description applies to both the wid rear fog lamp and the backup lamp 22 105076 5 gt Loosen and remove securing screws Q gt Remove license plate lamp lens Practical hints L me ooo p Example illustration Rear fog lamp gt Loosen and remove securing screws 1 gt Remove lamp lens 2 7 82 10 5677 21 gt Replace tubular bulb 3 gt Reinstall license plate lamp lens gt Install and tighten securing screws Q a hr Do not overtighten securing screws wur on is a Otherwise license plate lamp lens 2 could A By be damaged PIE Replacing wiper blades Gently press onto bulb and tur
106. until the wheel is a maximum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground Removing the wheel gt Unscrew and remove the wheel bolts 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe H Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt This could result in damage to the wheel bolts and wheel hub threads Remove the wheel Attaching the spare wheel N Warning Always replace wheel bolts that are damaged or rusted Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately Do not continue to drive under these circumstances Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tightened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off This could cause an accident Be sure to use the correct wheel bolts Z Warning Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts Other wheel bolts may come loose Do not tighten the wheel bolts when the vehicle is raised Otherwise the vehicle could fall off the jack gt Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheel hub H To avoid paint damage place wheel flat against hub and hold it there while installing first wheel bolt gt Guide the spare wheel onto the wheel hub and push it on gt Insert the wheel bolts and tighten them slightly Lowering the vehicle gt Using the pump handle turn the release bolt of the jack counterclockwise approximately one turn 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 235 Version 2 11 7
107. vehicle negotiates a turn wheels on the outside of the curve must travel farther and rotate faster than the inside wheels The differential the operation of a set of gears that allows the powered wheels in a vehicle to turn at different speeds makes this essential function possible The drawback is that the differential also sends most of the engine s power to the wheel with the least load or strain on it For example if one of a vehicle s powered wheels sits on a patch of snow and spins because there is no traction all of the engine s power will go to that wheel because the power will take the path of least resistance Meanwhile the opposite wheel sitting on dry pavement where it could get enough grip to start the vehicle moving sits idle because it receives no power The 4 ETS addresses this problem and provides for good control and steering ability by automatically slowing the slipping wheel and thus increasing the power to the other non slipping drive wheels to get the vehicle moving The ESP and the 4 ETS in this vehicle feature such intelligent limited slip differential technology ideally suited for on road and light off road driving Transfer case position LOW gt page 91 also enhances off road driving capabilities More extreme off road conditions may call for another solution engaging a differential lock or preventing the differential from operating altogether This vehicle comes with three differential loc
108. void the user s authority to programming steps again using that other operate the equipment hand held remote control Make sure new batteries are in the hand held remote control before beginning the procedure Straighten the antenna wire from the garage door opener assembly This may help improve transmitting and or receiving signals 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 144 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Useful features N Warning Whenever you are using floormats make sure there is enough clearance and that the floormats are securely fastened Floormats should always be securely fastened using the fastening equipment Before driving off check that the floormats are securely in place and adjust them if necessary A loose floormat could slip and hinder proper functioning of the pedals Do not place several floormats on top of each other as this may impair pedal movement Controls in detail To install or remove the floormat more easily move the driver s seat or front passenger seat as far to the rear as possible 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 145 Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle equipment The first 1000 miles 1500 km 146 At the gas station Engine compartment Tires and wheels Winter driving Driving instructions Maintenance Vehicle Care meceno esseen 187 Operatio 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe
109. wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Your vehicle is equipped with the Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 161 The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly Only adjust the tire inflation pressure on cold tires The tires can be considered cold if the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km Depending on the ambient temperature the driving speed and the tire load the tire temperature changes When the tire temperature changes by 18 F 10 C the tire inflation pressure will change by approximately 1 5 psi 0 1 bar Keep this in mind when checking tire inflation pressure on warm tires and adjust the tire pressure only if the tire inflation pressure is too low for the current operating conditions If you check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are warm the reading will be higher than the cold reading This is normal Do not let air out to match the specified cold tire inflation
110. will shift into the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously extends the gear range of the automatic transmission If you press on the accelerator pedal when the engine has reached the revolution limit of the current gear range the automatic transmission will upshift beyond any gear range limit selected Canceling gear range limit Press and hold the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction until D reappears in the multifunction display The automatic transmission will shift from the current gear range directly into drive position D Shifting into optimal gear range Press and hold the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction The automatic transmission will select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration automatically This will involve shifting down one or more gears Emergency operation limp home mode If vehicle acceleration becomes less responsive or sluggish or the automatic transmission no longer shifts the automatic transmission is most likely operating in limp home emergency operation mode In this mode only second gear and reverse gear R can be selected gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Turn off the engine 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe gt Wait at least 10 seconds before restarting gt Restart the engine gt Shift the automa
111. with smooth surfaces or low silhouettes e g trailer couplings painted posts elevated crossbars or road curbs Such objects may not be detected by the system and can damage the vehicle During parking maneuvers pay special attention to objects located above or below the height of the sensors e g street curbs painted posts or trailer hitches etc The Rear Parking Assist system will not detect The Rear Parking Assist system is an electronic parking aid with ultrasonic sensors designed to assist the driver during parking maneuvers It indicates the relative distance between the rear of the vehicle and an obstacle visually and audibly The Rear Parking Assist system is activated automatically when you switch on the ignition DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Driving systems 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 116 Version 2 11 7 1 such objects at close range and damage to your vehicle or the object may result H Ultrasonic signals from outside sources e g truck air brakes car wash or jackhammers may impair the operation of the Rear Parking Assist system Range of the sensors Controls in detail E 0 75 150 cm O 29 5 59 in P54 45 72931 TE IT We L a es 0 75 150 cm 0 29 5 59 in P54 65 3730 31 Sensors Center approx 59 in 150 cm Corners approx 40 in 100 cm Minimum distance Center approx 8 in 20 cm Corners approx 8 in 20 cm If the Rear Parking Assist syst
112. with wheel chocks not included or other sizeable objects When changing wheel on a level surface gt Place one wheel chock or other sizeable object in front of and another wheel chock or other sizeable object behind the wheel that is diagonally opposite to the wheel being changed Always try lifting the vehicle using the jack on a level surface However should circumstances require you to do so ona hill place a wheel chock or other sizeable object and the other wheel chock or sizeable object as follows gt Place wheel chocks or other sizeable objects on the downhill side blocking both wheels of the axle not being worked on A Warning Only jack up the vehicle on level ground or on slight inclines declines Otherwise the vehicle could fall off the jack and injure you or others 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 234 Version 2 11 7 1 P40 10 5444 31 gt On the wheel to be changed loosen but do not yet remove the wheel bolts approximately one full turn with wheel wrench 1 H Do not position the jack on the body of the vehicle as this may cause damage to the vehicle P40 10 5445 31 Place the jack on firm ground Position the jack under the axle housing so that it is always vertical as seen from the side even if the vehicle is parked on an incline Make sure the the jack is positioned correctly under the axle housing The axle must fall into the jack contour Jack up the vehicle
113. 0 52 11 01 00 Seite 76 Version 2 11 7 1 front fog lamp comes on on the side of the turn signal or gt Turn steering wheel in the desired direction Driving forward The front fog lamp on the side of your steering direction comes on Driving in reverse The front fog lamp opposite to your steering direction comes on The corner illuminating front fog lamps will come on automatically depending on the steering angle even if you did not switch on either turn signal If the corner illuminating front fog lamps came on automatically they will also go out automatically depending on the steering angle and vehicle speed The corner illuminating front fog lamps temporarily come on on both sides of the vehicle if you turn the steering wheel in one direction and then again in the other direction shortly thereafter The corner illuminating front fog lamp remains lit for a short time only It then goes out automatically Switching off gt Switch off the left or right turn signal or gt Steer straight ahead There may be a brief delay before the corner illuminating front fog lamps go out 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 77 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Lighting eee rocker switch The interior lighting controls are located in the overhead control panel Manual control H An interior lamp switched on manually does not go out automatically Leaving an interior lamp swit
114. 00 Seite 106 Version 2 11 7 1 gt Press button or to select manual operation Manual or daytime running lamp mode Constant With daytime running lamp mode activated and the exterior lamp switch in position 0 or auto the low beam headlamps are switched on when the engine is running In low ambient light conditions the following lamps will come on additionally e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps For more information on the daytime running lamp mode see Lighting gt page 73 For safety reasons changing the setting for the daytime running lamp mode is not possible while the vehicle is in motion The following message appears in the multifunction display Settings can only be made at a standstill For safety reasons resetting all the functions of all submenus to the factory settings while driving gt page 103 will not deactivate the daytime running lamp mode Setting locator lighting With the locator lighting feature activated and the exterior lamp switch in position auto the following lamps will come on during darkness when the vehicle is unlocked using button o on the SmartKey e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps e Front fog lamps The locator lighting goes out when the driver s door is opened If you do not open the driver s door
115. 08 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 135 Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Power outlet in cargo compartment If the engine is off and the power outlets are being used extensively the vehicle battery may become discharged H In order to activate the Tele Aid system a subscriber agreement must be completed To ensure your system is activated and operational please press button r to perform the acquaintance call Failure to complete either of these steps may result in a system that is not activated If you have any questions regarding activation please call the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada Shortly after the completion of your Tele Aid acquaintance call you will receive a user ID and password in the mail You may use this password to access the Tele Aid section in Owner s Online at www mbusa com USA only The My Tele Aid section will give you access to account information remote door unlock and more The Tele Aid system is available if e it has been activated and is operational Activation requires a subscription for Useful features monitoring services connection and cellular air time e vehicle battery power is available e the relevant cellular phone network and GPS signals are available and pass the information on to the Response Center Location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if the v
116. 1 Never turn the release bolt of the jack more than one or two revolutions Otherwise hydraulic fluid can escape gt Lower the vehicle until the vehicle is resting fully on its own weight gt Remove the jack gt Tighten the five wheel bolts evenly following the diagonal sequence illustrated A to until all bolts are tight Observe a tightening torque of 96 lb ft 130 Nm A Warning Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel The wheels could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 96 Ib ft 130 Nm gt Disassemble the pump handle Press the jack piston in and close the release bolt Store the jack and the other vehicle tools in the designated storage space After changing the wheel secure the damaged wheel on the spare wheel carrier gt page 195 Make sure the wheel cannot come loose Check the tire inflation pressure and correct it if necessary Follow recommended cold tire inflation pressures listed on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 161 Practical hints E 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Battery Safety notes A battery should always be sufficiently charged in order to achieve its rated service life Refer to Maintenance Booklet for battery maintenance intervals If you use your vehicle mostly for short distance trips you will need to have the battery c
117. 3 Aspect ratio tires 172 Audio DVD menu 100 Auto dimming rear view mirrors 70 Automatic central locking 60 108 Automatic headlamp mode 73 Automatic interior lighting control 77 Automatic locking when driving 108 Automatic transmission 87 Emergency operation limp home In 010 E EET Gear range indicator G ar Fanges eisen Gear selector lever Gearshifting malfunctions limp hme Mode Jisses iietra 90 Hill start assist system 114 IKIGKA OWI a eat 89 One touch gearshifting 90 Shifting procedure 88 Transmission position indicator 88 Transmission positions 88 Axle oils sisri 252 C BabySmart Air bag deactivation system 36 SOMES hissiin 38 Backrest see Seats Backup lamps Messages in the multifunction GISPlAYscsstvesecsiasscssazesencisassseaceasseeaess 209 Replacing bulbs uerse 226 Bar air pressure unit 172 BAS Brake Assist System 51 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Batteries SmartKey Checking condition urmeeeseserenneenen 59 REPIAGINE scsewiccvsecsdexevsncecedsdesepetiedess 225 Battery Vehicle 236 Charging rnenesenssne 237 Jump starting s s ces naseese 237 Messages in the multifunction displaya onr a a
118. 31 Fording depth 20 in 50 cm e Before driving through water determine its depth H The water depth must not exceed 20 in 50 cm The ground under the water might not be firm which could result the water being deeper than expected when driving the vehicle through it Please note that the water level is correspondingly lower for flowing water e Comply with the warnings gt page 179 and rules for off road driving gt page 180 e Switch off the exterior lamps as well as the climate control e Shift automatic transmission into gear range 1 or 2 gt page 89 e Avoid high engine speeds e Enter and leave the water only at a shallow spot driving at walking speed H Never accelerate before driving into the water The bow wave could force water into the engine and auxiliary equipment thus damaging them Drive through the water slowly and at a constant speed e Do not stop vehicle while immersed in water and do not shut off the engine 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 183 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Driving instructions H Do not open any of the vehicle s doors vehicle underbody and suspension while driving through water Water could components Failure to do so can adversely otherwise enter the vehicle interior and affect the vehicle s future performance damage the vehicle s electronics as well as including increased chance of an accident the interior equipment When dr
119. 7 1 Your vehicle comes supplied with two SmartKeys each with remote control and a removable mechanical key The SmartKey centrally locks and unlocks e the doors e the tailgate e the fuel filler flap Pa0 35 2398 21 L Lock button we Unlock button Battery check lamp USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Factory setting gt Global unlocking Press button g The vehicle will lock again automatically and rearm the anti theft alarm system within approximately 40 seconds of unlocking if neither door nor tailgate is opened gt Global locking Press button S
120. 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe No letter preceding the size designation as illustrated above Passenger car tire based on European design standards Letter P preceding the size designation Passenger car tire based on U S design standards Letter LT preceding the size designation Light Truck tire based on U S design standards Letter T preceding the size designation Temporary spare tires which are high pressure compact spares designed for temporary emergency use only Tire width Tire width Q indicates the nominal tire width in millimeters Aspect ratio Aspect ratio is the dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width and is expressed in percentage The aspect ratio is arrived at by dividing section height by section width Tire code Tire code 8 indicates the tire construction type The R stands for radial tire type Letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction letter B means belted bias ply construction At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for example 245 40 ZR 18 For additional information see Tire speed rating gt page 169 Rim diameter Rim diameter 4 is the diameter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim edge The rim diameter is indicated in inches in Tire load rating Z Warning The tire load r
121. 9 Rims and tires eee 250 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 252 Technical data u 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Technical data u Identification labels Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Parts service All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers maintain a stock of Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts required for maintenance and repair work In addition strategically located parts distribution centers provide quick and reliable parts service More than 300 000 different parts for Mercedes Benz models are available Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts are subjected to stringent quality inspections Each part has been specifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Therefore Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts should be installed H Do not use non genuine Mercedes Benz parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes Benz Doing so could damage the vehicle which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Also it could compromise the vehicle s durability or Safety Warranty coverage Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the warranties printed in the Service and Warranty Information booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will exchange or r
122. BS malfunctions other driving safety systems such as the BAS or the ESP are also switched off Observe indicator and warning lamps that may come on as well as messages in the multifunction display that may appear If the ABS malfunctions the wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability and extending the braking distance LOW RANGE ABS During off road driving a special low range system for the ABS is operational with the transfer case in position LOW gt page 91 An improved braking action dig in effect is obtained for vehicles speeds of up to 37 mph 60 km h through a change in the ABS control function BAS N Observe Safety notes see page 50 The Brake Assist System BAS operates in emergency situations If you apply the brakes very quickly the BAS automatically provides full brake boost thereby potentially reducing the braking distance gt Apply continuous full braking pressure until the emergency braking situation is over The ABS will prevent the wheels from locking When you release the brake pedal the brakes function again as normal The BAS is then deactivated Z Warning If the BAS malfunctions the brake system still functions but without the additional brake DD A e i gt 2 ge f Pa Pm N 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 52 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Driving safety systems boost av
123. BabySmart child seat is installed on the passenger seat Therefore the front passenger front air bag is switched off The system is malfunctioning when there is no BabySmart child seat installed on the passenger seat gt Have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized gt page 38 Mercedes Benz Center EA The system is malfunctioning The front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp does not illuminate or does not remain illuminated with a BabySmart child seat properly installed on the passenger seat gt Make sure there is nothing between seat cushion and child seat gt Check installation of the child seat gt page 47 If the front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp remains out gt Have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport children on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 221 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Unlocking locking manually Unlocking locking manually gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the lock cylinder eet we Turn mechanical key 2 counterclockwise If you cannot unlock the vehicle with the to position 1 until the locking knob moves SmartKey unlock the driver s door and the up tailgate using the mechanical key The driver s door is unlocked Unlocking and opening
124. CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open at all times Maintenance Notes The Maintenance System in your vehicle tracks the distance driven and the time elapsed since the last maintenance service It calculates other maintenance service work required and calls for the next maintenance service accordingly We strongly recommend that you have your vehicle serviced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet at the times called for by the maintenance service indicator Failure to have the vehicle maintained in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet and maintenance service indicator at the designated times mileage will result in DD Operation a 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 186 Version 2 11 7 1 Operation Maintenance vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The maintenance service indicator message will notify you when the next maintenance service is due Service A In XXXXX Miles km Service A In XXX Days Service A Due Now g The type of maintenance se
125. Canceling the alarm gt page 55 Safety and security iz gt Arming Lock the vehicle with the SmartKey The tow away alarm is armed after about 30 seconds automatically gt Disarming Unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey The tow away alarm remains disarmed until you lock the vehicle again Disabling tow away alarm To prevent triggering the tow away alarm disable the tow away alarm feature before towing the vehicle or when parking on a surface subject to movement such as a ferry or auto train 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 56 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 57 Version 2 11 7 1 Multifunction steering wheel 67 Minors a er ee 69 Memory function e 70 Lighting ee 72 Wiper See eee a E elev tarts eae 79 Power windows iseer 81 Driving and parking 82 Automatic transmission 87 Transfercase ee 91 Differential locks 22 22022400 00 93 Instrument cluster eee 95 Control system een 97 Driving systems eeen 112 Climate control system 119 Front windshield defroster 124 Rear window defroster 125 Power tilt sliding sunroof 125 Loading and storing 126 Useful features
126. Controls in detail A 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail gt Switch on the ignition or gt Open the respective door P gt Seat fore and aft adjustment Press the switch forward or backward in direction of arrow 3 gt Seat backrest tilt Press the switch forward or backward in direction of arrow 2 gt Seat height Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow gt Seat cushion tilt Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow 4 until your upper legs are lightly supported gt Head restraint height Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow Q Head restraint fore and aft adjustment gt Adjust the head restraint to the desired position by pushing or pulling on the upper edge of the head restraint cushion 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 64 Version 2 11 7 1 Removing and installing front seat head restraints Tilt the seat backrest rearward for easier removal and installation of the head restraints Ae gt Removing Press switch D upwards and hold until the head restraint is fully extended gt Pull out the head restraint with both hands gt Installing Press switch 1 upwards and hold for about 5 seconds gt Insert the head restraint into openings on the seat backrest The guide bar with the detent must be on the left gt Push the head restraint down until it engages gt Adjust the head restraint to the de
127. Engine oil Power steering fluid Washer and headlamp cleaning SYSTEM cocccsdcececacacsccecvsacacoesesesacecoese 253 Fog lamps 74 Messages in the multifunction display Hs 209 211 Replacing bulbs terssa 226 Four wheel drive see All wheel drive 4MATIC Front air bags see Air bags Front axle oil eee 252 Front lamps see Headlamps Front passenger front air bag 35 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp 29 36 220 FUE leie erreser stein 147 Additives 255 Capacity fuel tank 253 Drive sensibly safe fuel 176 Fuel consumption statistics 109 Fuel filler flap and cap 147 Fuel tank reserve warning lamp E E E 26 218 Premium unleaded gasoline raea EN REE E 147 253 254 Refueling eienen anann 146 REQUITEMENTS siester ssteissi ner 255 Fuel filler flap 204400 147 Opening manually 223 Fuel gauge 26 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 8 Version 2 11 7 1 Fuels coolants lubricants etc Capacities xiscstitesscescdebeessesncsenertacis Fuel tank Garage door opener Gasoline see Fuel GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating Gear range Indicator cierren E LIMITING co scicseccssecccesends rennen Shifting into optimal Transfer case Gear selector lever Shifting procedure T
128. Il ATF Brake system All models 0 87 US qt 0 82 MB Brake Fluid DOT 4 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 253 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Fuels coolants lubricants etc Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Cooling system G 550 approx 12 8 US qt 12 11 MB 325 0 Anticorrosion G 55 AMG approx 13 4 US qt 12 7 Ant tteeze Fuel tank G 550 25 4 US gal 96 0 Premium unleaded gasoline Minimum G 55 AMG 25 1 US gal 95 0 Postedioctana 91 Fuel tank All models approx 5 3 US gal 20 01 Avg of reserve 96 RON 86 MON Air All models R134a refrigerant conditioning and special system PAG lubricant oil never R 12 s Washer system All models 7 9 US gt 7 5 MB Windshield xe and headlamp Washer cleaning Concentrate 2 system gt page 257 Washer fluid mixing 8 ratio gt page 257 e Approved engine oils Please follow Maintenance System f a recommendations for scheduled oil Engine oils are specifically tested for their changes Failure to do so will result in suitability in our engines and durability for our engine or emission control system damage sefvi e inne tials Therefore only MSS a not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited approved engine oils and oil filters required Warranty for vehicles with Maintenance System For a listing of approved engine oils and oil filters contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only
129. Mercedes Benz recommends MOBIL OIL Use the table below to determine the MB sheet number H Using engine oils and oil filters of a Model Engine MB sheet specification other than those expressly type number required for the Maintenance System or G 550 273 229 5 changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the G 55 AMG 18 229 5 Maintenance System will result in engine or emission control system damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty MB sheet numbers are printed on the outside of oil containers 26 Mixed with water or commercially available premixed washer solvent antifreeze 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Technical data u Fuels coolants lubricants etc Viscosity grades for engine oils Using the chart below select oil viscosity according to the lowest air temperature expected before the next oil change P18 00 2251 31 Engine oil additives H Do not blend oil additives with engine oil They may damage the engine Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Air conditioning refrigerant R134a HFC refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil are used in the air conditioning system H Never use R 12 CFC or mineral based lubricating oil Otherwise damage to the system will occur Brake fluid A Warning During vehicle operation the boiling point of the brake fluid is
130. S N Observe Safety notes see page 50 N Warning Do not pump the brake pedal Use firm steady brake pedal pressure instead Pumping the brake pedal defeats the purpose of the ABS and significantly reduces braking effectiveness The Antilock Brake System ABS regulates the brake pressure so that the wheels do not lock during braking This allows you to maintain the ability to steer your vehicle The ABS is functional above a speed of approximately 5 mph 8 km h independent of road surface conditions provided the differential locks are not engaged On slippery road surfaces the ABS will respond even to light brake pressure The indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine is running Braking At the instant one of the wheels is about to lock up a slight pulsation can be felt in the brake pedal indicating that the ABS is in the regulating mode gt Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal while you feel the pulsation Continuous steady brake pedal pressure yields the advantages provided by the ABS namely braking power and the ability to steer the vehicle The pulsating brake pedal can be an indication of hazardous road conditions and Driving safety systems functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving Emergency brake maneuver gt Keep continuous full pressure on the brake pedal A Warning If the A
131. S EBB ESP and 4 ETS driving safety systems are described in the Safety and security section gt page 50 Cruise control The cruise control maintains the speed you set for your vehicle automatically The use of the cruise control is recommended for driving at a constant speed for extended periods of time The currently set speed or last set speed Resume function appears in the multifunction display for approximately 2 seconds The cruise control should not be activated during off road driving N Warning The cruise control is a convenience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation The driver is and must always remain responsible for the vehicle s speed and for safe brake operation Only use the cruise control if the road traffic and weather conditions make it advisable to travel at a constant speed e The use of the cruise control can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a constant speed e The use of the cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control e Deactivate the cruise control when driving in fog The Resume function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 113 d2ureepe
132. SI Scsce5 secsdec sac is tadechtaceseareeaercass 106 Vehe lE 2 crchssecsstcsstesitasseatareetisthccinen 108 Convenience submenu Easy entry exit feature 109 Coolant Anticorrosion antifreeze 256 Capacities sirni e 253 Checking level erssesssssseensensesn 152 Messages in the multifunction GIS Pla ETT 204 Temperature gauge neneenereneenn 96 Coolant temperature gauge 26 Corner illuminating front fog lamps 76 Cruise control uu ee Last stored speed Messages in the mutlifunction display Renee 199 Resume function 114 Cup holders 444 a AS Curb weight ee ee 172 Customer Assistance Center CAC 21 Dashboard see Instrument cluster Data recording 4 22 Daytime running lamp mode 73 SOLEMN Beis een at 106 Deep water see Standing water Defogging windshield 124 Defroster Front Climate control system 123 Rear window eesssseeessneeeesennnn 125 Windshield s0s0 000 124 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 6 Version 2 11 7 1 Delayed shut off Exteri r lamps sesser Interior lighting Department of Transportation see DOT Differential locks u 93 A few words about 93 Difficulties While driving sseisissresiirisriinesisss 85 With Starting neccen 83 Digital speedometter 100 Dimensions vehic
133. Set indent of the pump handle onto release bolt 2 of the jack DRE gt Using th h i turn rel sin mp handle turn r Only use the jack supplied with your vehicle a ler bolt 2 clockwise until its stop to lift the vehicle briefly for wheel changes If gt P 7 Release bolt 2 is closed you use the jack for any other purpose you or others could be injured as the jack is gt Remove the pump handle from release designed only for the purpose of changing a bolt wheel gt Set the pump handle into the pump lever When using the jack observe the safety notes as indicated by the arrow in the Mounting the spare wheel section and Before placing the pump handle and the jack the notes on the jack back into the vehicle tool kit gt Take the pump handle three pieces and Press the jack piston in again and close the jack from the vehicle tool kit release bolt by using the pump handle gt page 194 gt Disassemble the pump handle Practical hints N Observe Safety notes see page 232 The spare wheel is located under a cover on the outside of the vehicle s tailgate F gt Removing Take the screwdriver from the vehicle tool kit gt page 194 FS9 10 2231 31 Pump handle gt Assemble the pump handle gt Open lock 1 using the screwdriver You can also use a coin to open the lock Poe se22323 B Fold tab downwards Jack 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Pract
134. SummerFit and water or commercially available premixed washer solvent antifreeze depending on ambient temperatures gt page 257 Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flammable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned gt Closing washer fluid reservoir Press cap 1 onto filler hole until it engages H Always use washer solvent antifreeze For more information see Washer system where temperatures may fall below and headlamp cleaning system freezing point Failure to do so could result gt page 253 in damage to the washer system fluid reservoir The transmission fluid level does not need to be checked If you notice transmission fluid loss or gearshifting malfunctions have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the transmission H Only use washer fluid which is suitable for plastic lenses Improper washer fluid can damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps H Do not use distilled or deionized water in the washer fluid reservoir Otherwise the washer fluid level sensor could be damaged 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Tires and wheels Tires and wheels Safety notes Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information on tested and recommended rims and tires for summer and winter operation They can also offer advice concerning tire service and purchase N Warning Replace rims
135. The tire pressure is too low in one or more tires The Tire or Pres The tire pressure of the individual tires differ from each other significantly gt Check and correct tire inflation pressure as required gt page 156 Tire One or more tires are deflating Pres gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt a on steering and braking maneuvers ire gt if ICh the wheel 232 Defect necessary change the wheel gt page 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 213 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 What to do if Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Tire The tire pressure in one or more tires is already below the Pres minimum value Check gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt Tires steering and braking maneuvers gt Check and adjust tire pressure as required gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 232 Z Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely af
136. This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Temperature Z Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 167 Version 2 11 7 1 Tires and wheels the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Rotating tires A Warning Rotate front and rear wheels only if the tires are of the same dimension If your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimensions front vs rear tire rotation is not possible A Warning Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel Wheels could becom
137. Version 2 11 7 1 Effect Park position Shift the automatic transmission into park position P only when the vehicle is stopped The park position is not intended to serve as a brake when the vehicle is parked Rather the driver should always engage the parking brake in addition to shifting the automatic transmission into park position P to secure the vehicle The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in park position P With the SmartKey removed from the starter switch the gear selector lever is locked in park position P If the vehicle s electrical system is malfunctioning the gear selector lever could remain locked in park position P To unlock the gear selector lever manually see Manually unlocking the gear selector lever gt page 222 Reverse gear Shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R only when the vehicle is stopped 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 89 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Automatic transmission Effect Working on the vehicle N Neutral position A Warning No power is transmitted from the When working on the vehicle engage the engine to the drive axle When the parking brake and shift the automatic brakes are released the vehicle can transmission into park position P Otherwise be moved freely pushed or towed the vehicle could roll away which could result To avoid damage to the in an acc
138. When these conditions do not apply anymore steering wheel heating continues gt Switching off Turn switch at the tip of stalk in direction of arrow 2 Indicator lamp 3 goes out Indicator lamp flashes or goes out in case of power surge or undervoltage or if gt Switch on the ignition the steering wheel heating malfunctions gt Press button for the driver s side exterior rear view mirror or button 2 for The steering wheel heating switches off the passenger side exterior rear view automatically when you remove the mirror SmartKey from the starter switch 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Memory function gt Press adjustment button 1 up down left or right according to the desired setting H If an exterior rear view mirror was forcibly hit from the front manually snap it back into place Atlow ambient temperatures the exterior rear view mirrors will be heated automatically Auto dimming rear view mirrors The exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side and the interior rear view mirror will respond automatically to glare when the ignition is switched on and incoming light from headlamps falls on the sensor in the interior rear view mirror The rear view mirrors will not react if the automatic transmission is set to reverse gear R or the interior lighting is switched on A Warning The auto dimming function does not react if incoming light is not aimed
139. a glance a P00 00 4362 31 This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Function Page Function Page Tailgate Exterior rear view mirrors 69 Opening and closing 61 Front lamps 226 Unlocking manually 221 Hood 148 Rear window defroster 125 i Windshield Rear view camera tiz Wiping with washer fluid 80 Wipers 79 Cleaning 190 Wiper blades replacing 231 Windshield defroster 124 Wiper blades cleanirig 22 Power tilt sliding sunroof 125 Rear lamps 246 Headlamp cleaning system 79 Fuel filler flap i Tires and wheels 154 Doors Rims and tires 250 Locking and unlocking 58 Towing eyes 239 Opening 59 Locking and unlocking manually 22 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Cockpit 7 Function Combination switch e Turn signals e Wipers e High beam Headlamp cleaning button Cruise control lever Horn Instrument cluster Lever for Voice Control System see separate operating instructions Starter switch Glove box lock 79 HS TS 75 112 26 95 62 130 000 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 25 Version 2 11 7 1 Function Glove box Center console Multifunction steering wheel On board diagnostics OBD socket Hood lock release lever
140. ached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale USA only Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly USA only 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 158 Version 2 11 7 1 If a condition causing the TPMS to malfunction develops it may take up to 10 minutes for the system to signal a malfunction using the TPMS telltale flashing and illumination sequence The telltale extinguishes after a few minutes driving if the malfunction has been corrected Tire pressure inquiries are made using the multi
141. ad conditions permit CH to select submenus in the Ye Settings menu Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately to set the volume 14 m every second to set values Press button The control system relays information to the F to answer a call multifunction display to dial to redial EQ to end a call to reject an incoming call The displays in the multifunction display and the settings in the control system are Press button controlled by the buttons on the multifunction A steering wheel a to select next or previous menu 2 Function only available in telephone menu DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 98 Version 2 11 7 1 Control system Press button briefly lt to move within a menu X Within Audio DVD menu to select previous or next track scene or stored station Within Telephone menu to switch to the phone book and select a name or number Press and hold button lt gt Within Audio DVD menu to X select previous or next track with quick search or to select previous or next station in station list or wave band Within Telephone menu to start the quick search in the phone book Controls in detail Canada and AMG vehicles The steering wheel in this vehicle may vary from steering wheel shown However
142. added caution gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz The red brake warning Center as soon as possible lamp and the yellow ABS malfunction indicator lamp comes on while driving and an acoustic warning sounds for approximately 5 seconds accident The red brake warning lamp comes on while driving and an acoustic warning sounds Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an erake USA only You are driving with the parking brake engaged Canada only gt Release the parking brake praxe USA only There is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir Canada only gt Risk of accident Do not drive any further Stop the vehicle in a The red brake warning safe location as soon as it is safe to do so lamp comes on while Engage the parking brake the engine is running gt Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 196 gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem N Warning Driving with the brake warning lamp illuminated can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately if the brake warning lamp stays on Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriousl
143. ag deployment Emergency calls Tele Aid Additives Engine Oil Gasoline Address change uu ee 20 Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS 22 22 2 2 an 157 Messages in the multifunction display ee 200 212 Air bags aunuencnsnenenes 33 Children asien 33 Emergency call upon deployment 136 Front driver and passenger 35 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp 29 36 220 Safety guidelines 34 Window E rt in sersunsecsesksetsiisrteniee 36 Air conditioning refrigerant and lubricant u u22ena ates 254 Air distribution 123 Air pressure see Tire inflation pressure Air pressure tires 172 Air recirculation mode 124 Air volume seese 123 Alarm system see Anti theft systems All wheel drive 4MATIC 114 Alternator Messages in the multifunction display 206 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 4 Version 2 11 7 1 Alternator Technical data see Vehicle specification Anticorrosion antifreeze 256 Antilock Brake System see ABS Anti theft systems 54 Anti theft alarm system 54 IMINO DIN ZEKE ci assescssveseesevsesastezetaseasese 54 Tow away alarm uuennseersnneseersnenenn 55 Aquaplaning see Hydroplaning AShtrayS 220420000000522000 seele 13
144. ailable that the BAS would normally The ESP warning lamp A in the provide in an emergency braking maneuver instrument cluster flashes when the ESP is Therefore the braking distance may increase engaged Ei A Warning D EBB Never switch off the ESP when you see the ESP warning lamp A flashing in the T A Observe Safety notes see page 50 instrument cluster In this case proceed as 2 The Electronic Brake Booster EBB enhances follows gt braking effectiveness by allowing the rear e When driving off apply as little throttle as S brakes to supply a greater proportion of the ss l p gt braking effort in straight line braking without a loss of vehicle stability e While driving ease up on the accelerator Pad pedal ing ae N Ae ETI e Adapt your speed and driving style to the If the EBB malfunctions the brake system is still functioning However the rear wheels may lock up during hard braking You may to prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could lose control over the vehicle and possibly cause the vehicle to skid The ESP cannot cause an accident Adjust your driving style to prevent accidents resulting from excessive the non operating status of the EBB speed H Only conduct operational or performance ESP tests on a two axle dynamometer If such tests are necessary contact an authorized A Observe Safety notes see page 50 Mercedes Benz C
145. ains in pairs and on rear wheels only Follow the manufacturer s mounting instructions H If snow chains are mounted to the front wheels they may scrape against the body or axle components The tires or the vehicle could be damaged as a result e Only use snow chains that are approved by Mercedes Benz Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject e Use of snow chains may be prohibited depending on location Always check local and state laws before installing snow chains When driving with snow chains you may wish to switch off the ESP gt page 52 before setting the vehicle in motion This will improve the vehicle s traction Operation 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Operation al Driving instructions Winter driving instructions A Warning If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow make sure snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipe and from around the vehicle with the engine running Otherwise deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation open a window slightly on the side of the vehicle not facing the wind A Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The road may
146. al unlocking SmartKey we 59 Locking unlocking 58 LOSS oh 59 Messages in the multifunction display 204 Opening and closing the power tilt sliding sunroof 82 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Opening and closing the windows 82 Remote control 58 Replacing batteries 225 Restoring to factory setting 59 selective Setfing 4u 53 06 Starter switch positions Kickdown 53285004008004 hartes 89 Kilopascal air pressure unit 173 Labels GERtIHCatIONs eenesneneereseneeetienn Emission control information Lamps exterior Exterior lamp switch 72 Switching On Off eeeeeseeeeereeeees 72 Lamps indicator and warning FOS lamps isisisi rerne 74 Front passenger front air bag off A TE ERATE AEA 29 36 220 Fuel tank reServe csescseeee 26 218 High beam headlamps 75 Instrument cluster Low beam headlamps 72 Low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale 219 Seat belt telltale SRS roraima T rn SignalS ii eripe Language selecting LATCH type child seat anchors see Children in the vehicle License plate lamps Messages in the multifunction CISPIAY isere rei Replacing bulbs Light alloy wheels cleaning 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 10 Version
147. an blades N Warning The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system Because of the high voltage it is dangerous to touch any components ignition coils spark plug sockets diagnostic socket of the ignition system e with the engine running e while starting the engine e when the ignition is switched on and the engine is turned manually gt Pull hood lock release lever 1 The hood is unlocked H To avoid damage to the windshield wipers or hood never open the hood if the wiper 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 149 Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe arms are folded forward away from the windshield gt Lift hood up slightly gt Push safety hook 2 in direction of arrow gt Pull up on hood The hood will be automatically held open at shoulder height by gas filled struts Closing Z Warning When closing the hood use extreme caution not to catch hands or fingers Be careful that you do not close the hood on anyone Make sure the hood is securely engaged before driving off Do not continue driving if the hood can no longer engage after an accident for example The hood could otherwise come loose while the vehicle is in motion and injure you and or others gt Let the hood drop from a height of approximately 1 ft 30 cm Check to make sure the hood is fully closed If you can raise the hood at a point above the turn signals to the left and right of the hoo
148. anada Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Sport Utility Vehicle N Warning This Sport Utility Vehicle is designed for both on road and off road use It can go places and perform tasks for which conventional 2 wheel drive passenger cars are not intended This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from conventional passenger cars in driving conditions which may occur on streets highways and off road use This vehicle has a higher ground clearance and a higher center of gravity than many passenger cars As with other vehicles of this type if you make sharp turns at excessive speeds or abrupt maneuvers the vehicle may roll over or may go out of control and crash Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles Failure to operate this vehicle safely may result in an accident rollover of the vehicle and severe or fatal injury Before you start to drive this vehicle read the Operator s Manual Take time to become familiar with the driving characteristics of this vehicle Be sure you are familiar with all vehicle controls Learn how your vehicle handles on different road surfaces Do not attempt sharp turns at excessive speeds or abrupt maneuvers or other unsafe driving actions that can cause loss of vehicle control When driving off road or working the vehicle hard do not overload it And always wear your seat bel
149. ance Make sure the tires you use show the mountain snowflake 4 marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions Use of winter tires is the only way to achieve the maximum effectiveness of your vehicle s driving safety systems such as the ABS and the ESP in winter operation For safe handling make sure all mounted winter tires are of the same make and have the same tread design For information on winter tires for your vehicle model see the Technical data section gt page 250 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 175 Version 2 11 7 1 Winter driving Always observe the speed rating of the winter tires installed on your vehicle Snow chains H Some tire sizes do not leave adequate clearance for snow chains To help avoid serious damage to your vehicle or tires make sure the use of snow chains is permissible as specified in the Technical data section of this Operator s Manual Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered roads at speeds not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Remove chains as soon as possible when driving on roads without snow Observe the following guidelines when using snow chains e Use of snow chains is not permissible with all wheel tire combinations gt page 250 e Use snow ch
150. and Loading Information placard gt Step 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle gt Step 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 162 Version 2 11 7 1 gt Step 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ibs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs gt Step 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4 gt Step 6 if applicable If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle gt page 164 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants The following examples use a load limit of 1500 Ibs This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard
151. anty gt Screw filler cap 1 back on filler neck For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 252 and gt page 253 H If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks immediately Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Do not add brake fluid as this will not solve the problem For more information see Practical hints When checking the brake fluid level the vehicle must be parked on level ground The brake fluid level is correct when it is between lower mark MIN 2 and upper mark MAX of the brake fluid reservoir 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 152 Version 2 11 7 1 The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze When checking the coolant level the vehicle must be parked on level ground and the coolant temperature must be below 158 F 70 C N Warning In order to avoid any potentially serious burns e Use extreme caution when opening the hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking from the cooling system or if the coolant temperature gauge indicates that the coolant is overheated e Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservoir if coolant temperature is above 158 F 70 C Allow engine to cool down before removing cap The coolant reservoir contains hot fluid and
152. anual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Where will I find Check expiration dates and contents for completeness at least once a year and replace missing expired items The first aid kit is stored in the storage pocket in the front passenger door First aid kit The vehicle tool kit includes e Tool bag with Fuse extractor Socket wrench for opening closing the power tilt sliding sunroof in an emergency Pump handle for jack Screwdriver Wheel wrench e Jack 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 194 Version 2 11 7 1 The tool bag is located in a storage compartment in the rear footwell The jack is located in a storage compartment under the rear seat bench on the passenger side gt Removing tool bag Open the rear door on the driver s side Tool bag gt Fold cover Q to the side gt Remove the tool bag from the storage compartment using tab 2 gt Removing jack Open the rear door on the passenger side gt Fold the rear seat bench forward gt page 128 Jack gt Open cover 3 gt Open tab gt Remove the jack from the storage compartment 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 195 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Where will I find Jack gt
153. ar care when cleaning perforated leather as its underside should not become wet Wood trims gt Only use water and a damp cloth to clean wood trims in your vehicle H Do not use solvents like tar remover or wheel cleaner nor polishes or waxes as these may be abrasive Chrome plated exhaust tip Regular cleaning and care of chrome plated exhaust tips will help to maintain their shine and the classy appearance gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Chrome Polishing Paste each time the vehicle has been washed especially during the winter H Do not use alkaline cleaners such as wheel cleaners as they could cause corrosion 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe ry 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 193 Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle equipment 194 Where will I find ee 194 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display 196 What toidosifi ee 213 Unlocking locking manually 221 Opening closing manually 223 Brushisuard er er 224 Replacing SmartKey batteries 225 Replacing bulbs 226 Replacing wiper blades 231 Flat tirer o 232 Battery e e a ee 236 Jump starting ee 237 Towing the vehicle 239 USCS reece essen 242 Practical hints a 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints 2 Where will I find Vehicle equipment This Operator s M
154. are dug into sand or mud should be done with the greatest of care especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded Note the following when freeing a stranded vehicle e Avoid pulling the vehicle abruptly or diagonally since it could result in damage to the chassis alignment e Never try to free a vehicle that is still coupled to a trailer e If possible a vehicle equipped with a trailer hitch receiver should be pulled backward in its own previously made tracks Introduction l The electrical fuses in your vehicle serve to switch off malfunctioning power circuits If a fuse is blown the components and systems secured by that fuse will stop operating Z Warning Only use fuses approved by Mercedes Benz with the specified amperage for the system in question and do not attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse Using other than approved fuses or using repaired or bridged fuses may cause an overload leading to a fire and or cause damage to electrical components and or systems Have the cause determined and remedied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 242 Version 2 11 7 1 A blown fuse must be replaced by an appropriate spare fuse recognizable by its color or the fuse rating given on the fuse of the amperage recommended in the fuse chart Any Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject Incase of a blown fuse contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Merc
155. arning and malfunction messages are accompanied by an audible signal Address these messages accordingly and follow the additional instructions given in this Operator s Manual Selecting the Vehicle status message memory menu in the control system gt page 102 displays both cleared and uncleared messages 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 197 Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display High priority messages appear in the multifunction display in red color Certain messages of high priority cannot be cleared from the multifunction display using the reset button gt page 95 or button 4 Z EB or on the multifunction steering wheel Other messages of high priority and messages of less immediate priority can be cleared from the multifunction display using the reset button or button AS U ER or on the multifunction steering wheel They are then stored in the Vehicle status message memory menu gt page 102 Remember that clearing a message will only make the message disappear Clearing a message will not correct the condition that caused the message to appear N Warning All categories of messages contain important information which should be taken note of and where a malfunction is indicated addressed as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Failure to repair the condition noted may cause damage not covered by the M
156. asions or other potentially more serious injuries resulting from air bag deployment If you sell your vehicle we strongly recommend that you inform the subsequent owner that the vehicle is equipped with SRS and refer them to the applicable section in the Operator s Manual Front air bags N Observe Safety notes see page 33 Driver s front air bag Q and front passenger front air bag 2 are designed to provide increased protection for the driver and front passenger against the risk of injuries to the head and thorax Driver and front passenger front air bags are deployed e in the event of certain frontal impacts e if impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold DD Safety and security u 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security Occupant safety e if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt e depending on whether the seat belt is in use e independently of the window curtain air bags The air bags will not deploy in impacts which do not exceed the system s preset deployment thresholds You will then be protected by the fastened seat belts The front air bags will not deploy in the event of a rollover unless the vehicle s rate of longitudinal deceleration or acceleration exceeds the preset deployment threshold for the front air bags The front passenger front air bag will only be deployed if e the front p
157. assenger seat is occupied e the amp indicator lamp in the center console is not lit gt page 36 e the impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold H Do not place objects heavier than 20 Ib 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the front air bag on the front passenger side to deploy in a crash which exceeds the system s deployment threshold Window curtain air bags N Observe Safety notes see page 33 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 36 Version 2 11 7 1 When deployed window curtain air bags are designed to provide increased protection for the head but not the chest or arms of the occupants on the side of the vehicle on which the impact occurs Window curtain air bags 1 are deployed e on the impacted side of the vehicle e in side impacts exceeding a preset deployment threshold e independently of the front air bags e regardless of whether the front passenger seat is occupied e regardless of whether the seat belt is in use e in certain vehicle rollovers if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt Window curtain air bags 1 are not deployed in impacts which do not exceed the system s deployment threshold Window curtain air bags 1 deploy in the area indicated by the arrows BabySmart air bag deactivation system Your vehicle is equipped with the BabySmart air bag dea
158. at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Driving and parking Override switch gt page 49 Left front door window Right front door window Right rear door window Left rear door window Switch on the ignition gt Opening closing Press or pull and hold switch 2 to to the resistance point The corresponding door window will move downwards or upwards until you release the switch gt Express opening Press switch 2 to past the resistance point and release The corresponding door window opens completely gt Stopping during express opening Press or pull the respective switch again Summer opening feature When the weather is warm you can ventilate the vehicle before driving off by simultaneously e opening the windows e opening the tilt sliding sunroof The summer opening feature can only be activated via the remote control of the SmartKey The SmartKey must be in close proximity to the driver s outside door handle gt Aim transmitter eye of the SmartKey at the driver s outside door handle gt Press and hold button a on the SmartKey until the windows and the tilt 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 82 Version 2 11 7 1 sliding sunroof have reached the desired position The vehicle unlocks gt Release button a on the SmartKey to interrupt the opening procedure C
159. at belt outlet height adjuster upward The seat belt outlet height adjuster engages in different positions gt Lowering Press and hold release button Q gt Slide the seat belt outlet height adjuster downward gt Release button 1 and make sure the seat belt outlet height adjuster engages into place 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 43 Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Releasing the seat belts gt Releasing front seat belts and rear outer seat belts Press seat belt release button 4 gt page 41 Allow the retractor to completely rewind the seat belt by guiding latch plate 2 gt page 41 H Make sure the seat belt retracts fully so that the seat belt and or latch plate cannot get caught or pinched in the door or in the seat mechanism This can damage the seat belt and impair its effectiveness and or cause damage to the door and or door trim panel Such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Damaged seat belts must be replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Releasing rear center seat belt Press release button 6 on buckle for free sliding latch plate 7 gt page 41 gt Press release button 3 on buckle for fixed latch plate gt page 41 gt Allow the retractor to completely rewind the rear center seat belt by guiding fixed latch plate gt page 41 gt Guide both latch plates 4 and 7 one after the other int
160. atic transmission in neutral position N e with the parking brake engaged if the ESP has switched off due to a malfunction All wheel drive 4MATIC Your vehicle is equipped with all wheel drive 4MATIC Both the front and rear axle are powered at all times when the vehicle is being operated The 4MATIC improves traction in conjunction with the ESP gt page 52 and the Electronic Traction System 4 ETS gt page 53 A Warning If a drive wheel is spinning due to insufficient traction e While driving off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelerator pedal e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 115 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Driving systems Failure to observe these guidelines could and the automatic transmission is in reverse cause the vehicle to skid gear R The 4MATIC cannot prevent accidents The Rear Parking Assist system monitors the resulting from excessive speed rear surroundings of your vehicle with four sensors in the rear bumper H When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground the gear selector lever must be in neutral position N and the SmartKey must be in starter switch position 2 When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground the vehicle may be towed only for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km
161. ating must always be at least half of the GAWR of your vehicle Otherwise Tires and wheels tire failure may be the result which may cause an accident and or serious injury to you or others Always replace rims and tires with the same designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Tire load rating 5 is a numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support For example a load rating of 91 corresponds to a maximum load of 1356 Ib 615 kg the tire is designed to support See also Maximum tire load gt page 164 where the maximum load associated with the load index is indicated in kilograms and lbs For additional information on tire load rating see Load identification gt page 17 1 Tire speed rating Z Warning Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maximum speed rating of the tires Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure causing loss of vehicle control and possibly resulting in an accident and or serious personal injury and possible death for you and for others
162. ativ malfunction the ABS the BAS the EBB the ESP and the 4 z e See ETS are unavailable Operator S gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock Manual during hard braking reducing steering capability T gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Oo Center as soon as possible D Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident a ESP Inoperativ The brake system is still functioning normally but due to a e See malfunction or an interruption in the power supply the ABS Operator s the BAS EBB the ESP and the 4 ETS are unavailable Manual gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 199 Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages SRS Restraint System Mal functio n Service Required SRS Restraint System Service Required A Warning Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There is a malfunction in the Supplemental Restraint Systems SRS The air bags or the Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs could deploy unexpectedly or fail to activate in an accident gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Me
163. be the reason for low brake fluid in the reservoir Have the brake system inspected immediately Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center All checks and service work on the brake system should be carried out by qualified technicians only Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only install brake pads and use brake fluid recommended by Mercedes Benz A Warning Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking maneuvers 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Driving off Warm up the engine smoothly Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached H When driving off on a slippery surface do not allow a drive wheel to spin for an extended period with the ESP switched off Doing so may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Simultaneously depressing the accelerator pedal and applying the brakes reduces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Hydroplaning Depending on the depth of the water layer on the road hydroplaning may occur even at low speeds and with new tires In heavy rain or when conditions indicate possible hydroplaning gt Reduce vehicle speed gt Avoid track grooves in the road gt Apply brakes cautiously Standing water H Do not drive through flooded areas Before dri
164. bles from positive terminals and You can now switch on the headlamps gt Slide cover 1 from positive terminal 3 back gt Have the battery checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Towing the vehicle Mercedes Benz recommends that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment This method is preferable to other types of towing H To prevent damage during transport do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or suspension parts If circumstances do not permit the recommended towing methods the vehicle may be towed with all wheels on the ground only so far as necessary to have the vehicle moved to a safe location where the recommended towing methods can be employed DD Practical hints a 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Towing the vehicle H Before towing the vehicle observe the following instructions e Do not tow start the vehicle You could otherwise seriously damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e Do not tow with sling type equipment Towing with sling type equipment over bumpy roads will damage radiator and supports e Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the towing eye Never attach a tow cable tow rope or tow rod to the vehicle chassis frame or suspension parts H When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground the gear
165. bristle brush or a dry shampoo cleaner in case of excessive dirt Seat belts gt Only use clear lukewarm water and soap H The seat belts must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the seat belts at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight A Warning Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Upholstery Using aftermarket seat covers or wearing clothing that have the tendency to give off coloring e g when wet etc may cause the upholstery to become permanently discolored By lining the seats with a proper intermediate cover contact discoloration will be prevented Leather upholstery Please note that leather upholstery is a natural product and is therefore subject to a natural aging process Leather upholstery may also react to certain ambient influences such as high humidity or high temperature by showing wrinkles for example 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 192 Version 2 11 7 1 gt Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care H To avoid damage to leather upholstery e Wipe with light pressure only e Do not clean with abrasive cleaning agents such as scouring milk or powder e Do not soak the leather upholstery As leather is a natural product it could otherwise harden or become porous e Exercise particul
166. ce Never drive a vehicle with the tailgate open Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death gt Check for secure locking by pushing and pulling on the rear seat backrest H Make sure that the seat belt is not pinched when folding rear seat backrest H Before folding the rear seat backrest and the rear seat bench forward make sure that all containers in the rear cup holder are removed The cargo compartment cover blind can be installed behind the rear seat bench Controls in detail H With the cargo compartment cover blind installed do not pile luggage higher than the lower edges of the rear side windows gt Folding rear seat backrest Pull release lever in direction of arrow and fold the rear seat backrest forward until it locks into place gt Folding rear seat bench Remove the middle rear seat head restraint gt Rolling out Grip the blind strap and pull gt page 65 cargo compartment cover blind 1 gt If necessary pull the driver s and or front rearward across the cargo compartment passenger seat forward gt Engage cargo compartment cover gt Fold the rear seat backrests forward blind into the mounts to the left and right of the tailgate gt Rolling up Disengage cargo compartment cover blind Q from the mounts and guide retraction gt Pull release lever 2 in direction of arrow gt Fold the rear seat bench fo
167. celerate or decelerate to the desired adjustments speed Increase or decrease the set vehicle speed to gt Briefly lift the cruise control leverin avalue that the prevailing road conditions and direction of arrow Q or press in direction legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden of arrow 2 and unexpected acceleration or deceleration gt Remove your foot from the accelerator of the vehicle could cause an accident and pedal or serious injury to you and others On uphill or downhill grades the cruise When you use the cruise control lever to control may not be able to maintain the set decelerate the transmission will speed Once the grade eases thesetspeed automatically downshift if the engine s will be resumed braking power does not brake the vehicle sufficiently DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Driving systems gt Increasing Lift the cruise control lever in direction of arrow Q and hold it up until the desired speed is reached gt Decreasing Press the cruise control lever in direction of arrow and hold it down until the desired speed is reached gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate or decelerate Fine adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments gt Increasing Briefly tip the cruise control lever in direction of arrow Q gt Decreasing Briefly tip the cruise control lever in direction of arrow 2 Setting
168. ched on for an extended period of time with the engine turned off could result in a discharged battery gt Switching on interior lighting Press symbol on rocker switch gt Switching off interior lighting Press rocker switch to center position to activate the automatic control Left reading lamp in Left reading lamp on off Right reading lamp en Right reading lamp on off Rocker switch for automatic control and manual control Automatic control H An interior lamp switched on manually a does not go out automatically Leaving an interior lamp switched on for an extended period of time with the engine turned off could result in a discharged battery Controls in detail a gt Switching on off front reading lamps Press respective button 34 gt Activating Press rocker switch to center position The interior lighting except cargo compartment lamps comes on in darkness when you Th interior is h vunloelsth siehiele e rear interior lamp is located above the rear seat bench e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch e open a front door the interior lighting in the front comes on e open a rear door the interior lighting in the rear comes on The interior lighting goes out after a short time gt page 108 if a door remains open the interior lamps go out automatically after a few minutes when the SmartKey
169. child s risk of injury in the event The use of infant or child restraints is required of by law in all 50 states the District of e strong braking maneuvers Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Infants and small children should be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system properly secured in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions for the child restraint that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 225 sudden changes of direction e an accident For more information on loading see gt page 126 DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security E Occupant safety and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 A statement by the child restraint manufacturer of compliance with these standards can be found on the instruction label on the restraint and in the instruction manual provided with the restraint When using any infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat make sure to carefully read and follow all manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Please read and observe warning labels affixed to the inside of the vehicle and to infant or child restraints Z Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible
170. continuously reduced through the absorption of moisture from the atmosphere Under extremely strenuous operating conditions this moisture content can lead to the formation of bubbles in the system thus reducing the system s efficiency 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 254 Version 2 11 7 1 Therefore the brake fluid must be replaced regularly Refer to your vehicle s Maintenance Booklet for replacement interval Only brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz is recommended Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will provide you with additional information Premium unleaded gasoline Z Warning Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious personal injury Never allow sparks flames or smoking materials near gasoline Turn off the engine before refueling Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and any skin or clothing contact Extinguish all smoking materials Direct skin contact with fuels and the inhalation of fuel vapors are damaging your health H To maintain the engine s durability and performance premium unleaded gasoline must be used If premium unleaded gasoline is not available and low octane gasoline is used follow these precautions e Have the fuel tank only partially filled with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with premium unleaded gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration e Do not excee
171. counterclockwise until the desired level of illumination is reached The instrument cluster illumination is dimmed or brightened automatically to suit ambient light conditions The instrument cluster illumination will also be adjusted automatically when you switch on the vehicle s exterior lamps Coolant temperature gauge The coolant temperature gauge is located on the left side in the instrument cluster gt page 26 A Warning Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 96 Version 2 11 7 1 Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down During severe operating conditions e g stop and go traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to 248 F 120 C H Excessive coolant temperature triggers a warning in the multifunction display The engine should not be operated with a coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C i e in the red zone of the coolant temperature gauge Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty
172. ctivation system N Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat 463_AKB d2ureepe 2 52 en US belt and top tether strap or lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat e Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when it is ins
173. ctly D page 40 Make sure e The seat belt is always fitted snugly e Adjust the seat belt so that the shoulder section is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder e Place the lap portion of the seat belt as low as possible on your hips 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 44 Version 2 11 7 1 Seat and head restraint Observe Safety notes see page 62 2 Position the seat and head restraint properly See gt page 63 for seat and head restraint adjustment Observe the following points e Always be in a properly seated position e The position should be as far rearward from the front air bag in the steering wheel as possible while still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls e Adjust the seat to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely e The seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten and position your seat belt e The seat backrest must be ina position that is as nearly upright as possible e Adjust the seat cushion so that the front edge of the seat cushion lightly supports your legs e Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level e Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while the seat is being adjusted Children in the vehicle Safety notes If an infant or child is travel
174. cts placed in the cup holder may come loose during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident and be thrown around in the vehicle interior Objects thrown around in the vehicle interior may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Cup holder next to armrest gt Place bracket of cup holder 1 into recess indicated by arrow of cup holder base 2 If the cup holder is no longer in use it can for example be stored in the glove box or storage compartment below the armrest 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 132 Version 2 11 7 1 Cup holder in front passenger footwell gt Swing cup holder Q upwards until it clicks into place H Fold the cup holder closed before moving the front passenger seat fully forward Cup holder in rear passenger footwell w PAR 0D 5955 91 H Before folding the rear seat backrest and the rear seat bench forward make sure that all containers in the rear cup holder are removed A Warning Do not use the vanity mirror while driving Keep the vanity mirrors in the sun visors closed while vehicle is in motion Reflected glare can endanger you and others 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 133 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Useful features 1a Controls in detail a os u gt Opening Briefly touch at top of cover Q Ounuinig gt Removing ashtray insert Secure vehicle Vanity mirror cover from movement by engaging the parking
175. d including DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 50 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Driving safety systems interference that may cause undesired Safety notes operation i Sa A Warning Any unauthorized modification to this 4 The following factors increase the risk of device could void the user s authority to ee operate the equipment vehicle They cannot increase braking or steering efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction afforded 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device D e Excessive speed especially in turns 5 0 Canada only e Wet and slippery road surfaces Oo This device complies with RSS 2 10 of V Industry Canada Operation is subject to e Following another vehicle too closely 5 the following two conditions The driving safety systems described in this 1 This device may not cause interference section cannot reduce these risks or prevent gt and the natural laws of physics from acting on the hd oO yo Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can Any unauthorized modification to this prevent accidents device could void the user s authority to 5 The capabilities of a vehicle equipped with the operate the equipment driving safety systems described in this section must never be exploited in a reckl
176. d then it is not properly closed Open it again and let it drop with somewhat greater force Engine compartment Engine oil The amount of oil your engine needs will depend on a number of factors including driving style Increased oil consumption can occur when the vehicle is new or the vehicle is driven frequently at higher engine speeds Engine oil consumption checks should only be made after the vehicle break in period H Do not use any special lubricant additives as these may damage the drive assemblies Using special additives not approved by Mercedes Benz may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty For further information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Notes on checking engine oil level When checking the oil level the vehicle must be parked on level ground G 550 The vehicle must have been stationary for at least 5 minutes with the engine turned off G 55 AMG With the engine at operating temperature the vehicle must have been stationary for at least 5 minutes with the engine turned off With the engine not at operating temperature the vehicle must have been stationary for at least 30 minutes with the engine turned off Checking engine oil level with the oil dipstick On the G 550 you can check the engine oil level with the oil dipstick Open the hood gt page 148 Operation 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Engine compartment gt P
177. d Mercedes Benz Center After the malfunction has been remedied the combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale goes out after a few minutes of driving As an added safety feature your vehicle has Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked every other week when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s DD Practical hints 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Pal What to do if handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a
178. d an engine speed of 3000 rpm if the vehicle is loaded with a light load such as two persons and no luggage e Do not exceed of maximum accelerator pedal position if the vehicle 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe is fully loaded or operating in mountainous terrain Fuel requirements Only use premium unleaded gasoline The octane number posted at the pump must be 91 min It is an average of both the Research Octane Number RON and the Motor Octane Number MON RON MON 2 This is also known as the ANTI KNOCK INDEX Reformulated gasolines RFG and or unleaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol TAME ETBE IPA IBA and TBA can be used provided the ratio of any one of these oxygenates to gasoline does not exceed 10 MTBE must not exceed 15 The ratio of methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3 plus additional cosolvents Using mixtures of ethanol and methanol is not allowed Gasohol which contains 10 ethanol and 90 unleaded gasoline can be used These blends must also meet all other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock boiling range vapor pressure etc Gasoline additives A major concern among engine manufacturers is carbon build up caused by gasoline Mercedes Benz recommends only the use of quality gasoline containing additives that prevent the build up of carbon deposits After an extended period of using fuels without such additives carbon deposits can build up especially on
179. d hold the signal transmitter button or Do not release this button until it has been successfully trained gt While still holding down the signal transmitter button or cycle your hand held remote control button as follows Press and hold button for 2 seconds then release it for 2 seconds and again press and hold it for 2 seconds Repeat this sequence on the hand held 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 142 Version 2 11 7 1 remote control until the frequency signal has been learned Upon successful training indicator lamp Q will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds gt Proceed with programming step 5 and step 6 to complete Upon completion of programming the integrated remote control make sure you retain the hand held remote control that came with the garage door opener gate operator or other device You may need it for use in other vehicles for future programming of an integrated remote control or simply for continued use as a hand held remote control to operate the respective device in other situations Reprogramming a single signal transmitter button To program a device using a signal transmitter button previously trained follow these steps gt Switch on the ignition gt Press and hold the desired signal transmitter button or Do not release the button Indicator lamp will begin to flash after 20 seconds gt Without releasing
180. d the wheels are turning at vehicle speeds of above 9 mph 15 km h You could therefore lock yourself out when the vehicle is pushed or towed or is on a test stand 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 60 Version 2 11 7 1 You can deactivate the automatic central locking using the control system gt page 108 You can lock or unlock the vehicle from inside using the central locking switches This can be useful for example if you want to lock the vehicle before starting to drive The central locking switches do not lock or unlock the fuel filler flap _ gt Locking Press central locking switch 2 When all doors and the tailgate are closed the vehicle locks gt Unlocking Press central unlocking switch Q You can open a locked door from inside at any time Open door only when conditions are safe to do so If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch e and the SmartKey is set to factory settings the complete vehicle is unlocked when a front door is opened from the inside e and the SmartKey is set to selective settings only the front door opened from the inside is unlocked If the vehicle was previously locked centrally with the SmartKey it will not unlock using the central unlocking switch 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 61 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Locking and unlocking Tailgate 8 To prevent an inadvertent lockout do not
181. d with the Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS It measures the tire inflation pressure in the vehicle s tires and issue warnings in case of pressure loss in one or more of the tires 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 157 Version 2 11 7 1 Tires and wheels The TPMS is equipped with a combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale USA or a low tire pressure telltale Canada in the instrument cluster Depending on how the telltale illuminates it indicates a low tire pressure condition or a malfunction in the TPMS system itself e If the telltale illuminates continuously one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated There is no malfunction in the TPMS e USA only If the telltale flashes for 60 seconds and then stays illuminated the TPMS system itself is not operating properly The TPMS only functions on wheels that are equipped with the proper electronic sensors N Warning The TPMS does not indicate a warning for wrongly selected inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the Tire and Loading Information placard or if available on the supplemental tire inflation pressure information on the inside of the fuel filler flap The TPMS is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt
182. d without putting other road users at risk e maintain a greater distance to the vehicle ahead and drive with particular care e carefully apply the brakes at the end of a trip and immediately after commencing a new trip so that salt residues are removed from the brake disc tests on a two axle dynamometer If such tests are necessary contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You could otherwise seriously damage the brake system or the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Because the ESP operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 when the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer Such testing should be no longer than 10 seconds Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Brake service H The brake fluid level in the reservoir may be too low if the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on although the parking brake is released Observe additional messages in the multifunction display that may appear Brake pad wear or a leak in the system may If your brake system is normally only subjected to moderate loads you should occasionally test the effectiveness of the brakes by applying above normal braking pressure at higher speeds This will also enhance the grip of the brake pads
183. d2ureepe Controls in detail Lighting and parking lamps the license plate lamps and the side marker lamps come on e turn the exterior lamp switch to position D the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps come on gt page 72 USA only In high ambient lighting conditions you can switch on the high beam headlamps with the exterior lamp switch in position 2 In low ambient lighting conditions you can switch on the high beam headlamps with the exterior lamp switch in position o auto or 2 The high beam flasher is available at all times gt For nighttime driving turn the exterior lamp switch to position SD to permit activation of the high beam headlamps When the engine is running and you turn the exterior lamp switch to position z002 or D the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps come on gt page 72 Fog lamps Fog lamps cannot be switched on with the exterior lamp switch in position auro A Warning In low ambient lighting or foggy conditions only switch from position auto to 2 with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from auto to D will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may
184. d2ureepe Controls in detail Control system Resetting will not occur if you turn the SmartKey back to position 1 or 2 within this time period Fuel consumption statistics since last reset gt Press button CF or repeatedly until the message From Start appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 or 7 repeatedly until the message From Reset appears in the multifunction display From Reset 750 ni O 15 00 50 mph 21 4 mpg P54 32 6899 31 Distance driven since last reset Time elapsed since last reset Average speed since last reset Average fuel consumption since last reset Resetting fuel consumption statistics gt Press button CF or repeatedly until the message From Start appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 or X repeatedly until the reading that you want to reset appears in the multifunction display Press and hold the reset button in the instrument cluster until the respective values are reset to 0 The fuel consumption statistics reset automatically to O after 99999 miles or 9999 hours whichever occurs first 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 110 Version 2 11 7 1 Distance to empty gt Press button CF or repeatedly until the message From Start appears in the multifunction display gt Press button A or 7 repeatedly until the message Range appears
185. demonstration of your trust in our company name Furthermore it exemplifies your desire to own an automobile that will be as easy as possible to operate and provide years of service Your Mercedes Benz represents the efforts of many skilled engineers and craftsmen To help assure your driving pleasure and also the safety of you and your passengers we ask you to make a small investment of time e Please read this manual carefully then return it to your vehicle where it will be handy for your reference Please follow the recommendations contained in this manual They are designed to acquaint you with the operation of your Mercedes Benz e Please pay attention to the warnings and cautions contained in this manual They are designed to help improve the safety of the vehicle operator and occupants We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe pleasurable driving Mercedes Benz USA LLC A Daimler Company 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 2 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 3 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 4 ETS Electronic Traction System 53 AMATIC see All wheel drive 4MATIC ABS Antilock Brake System 51 Indicator lamperne Messages in the multifunction GiS Play vc cscescuscsecscessceecd sbeeucnessesden Accessory weight Accidents Air b
186. des Benz Center or other In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Introduction 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Reporting safety defects For the USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Reporting safety defects If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9 153 go to www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA Headquarters 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE West Building Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from www safercar gov 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 22 Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle data recording Information regarding el
187. ding water and MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze separately from each other could cause engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty If the antifreeze mixture is effective to 35 F 37 C the boiling point of the coolant in the DD Technical data F 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Technical data a Fuels coolants lubricants etc pressurized cooling system is reached at approximately 266 F 130 C The coolant solution must be used year round to provide the necessary corrosion protection and increase boil over protection Refer to the Maintenance Booklet for replacement interval Coolant system design and coolant used determine the replacement interval The replacement interval published in the Maintenance Booklet is only applicable if MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze solution or other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification are used to renew the coolant concentration or bring it back up to the proper level For information on other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only To provide important corrosion protection the solution must be at least 50 anticorrosion antifreeze equivalent to freeze protection to approximately 35 F 37 C If you use a solution that is more than 55 anticorrosion antifreeze freeze protection to approximately 49 F 45 C the engine temp
188. directly at sensors in the interior rear view mirror The interior rear view mirror and the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side do not react for example when transporting cargo which covers the rear window Light hitting the mirror s at certain angles incident light could blind you As a result you may not be able to observe traffic conditions and could cause an accident Activating exterior rear view mirror parking position This feature is only available in Canada vehicles Follow these steps to activate the mirror parking position so that the passenger side exterior rear view mirror will be turned downward to the stored position 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 70 Version 2 11 7 1 gt Make sure you have stored a parking position for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt page 7 1 gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button 2 for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt Shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R The passenger side exterior rear view mirror will be turned downward to the stored position The exterior rear view mirror returns to its previously stored driving position e 10 seconds after you have put the gear selector lever out of position reverse gear R e immediately once your vehicle exceeds a speed of approximately 6 mph 10 km h e immediately when you press button 1 for driver s side exterior rear view mirror Memory functio
189. do not replace the owner s and or driver s responsibility to maintain the vehicle s operating safety Have all required maintenance and safety checks performed on the vehicle Bring the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to address the malfunction and warning messages Press button or EP repeatedly until the Vehicle status message memory menu appears in the multifunction display If conditions have occurred causing status messages to be recorded the number of messages appears in the multifunction display 2 Messages P54 32 689791 Number of recorded status messages 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 103 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Control system gt Press button 2 or X Resetting to factory settings The stored messages will now be displayed in the order in which they have occurred For malfunction and warning messages see Vehicle status messages in the You can reset the functions of all submenus to the factory settings For safety reasons the function Head amp multifunction display gt page 196 998 in the Fant ing submenu cannot be LI After you have scrolled through all The following message appears in the a recorded status messages the first multifunction display Cannot be o recorded message appears again completely reset to factory D Should the vehicle s system record any settings while d
190. during darkness after you have removed the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Press button or LP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button A gt Move the selection marker with button or to the Lighting submenu gt Press button 4 or 7 repeatedly until the message Interior Light Delay Sw Off appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Interior Light Delay Sw OFF P54 32 656991 gt Press button or to switch the interior lighting delayed shut off feature On or OFF 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 108 Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle submenu Access the Vehicle submenu via the Settings menu Use the Vehicle submenu to set the automatic central locking Setting automatic central locking Use this function to activate or deactivate the automatic central locking With the automatic central locking system activated the vehicle is centrally locked at a vehicle speed of approximately 9 mph 15 km h gt Press button or EP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 Move the selection marker with button or to the Vehicle submenu gt Press button A or X7 repeatedly until the message Automatic Door Lock appears in the multif
191. e Tire type code 4 and Date of manufacture For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration DOT Department of Transportation Tire branding symbol 1 denotes that the tire meets requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Manufacturer s identification mark Manufacturer s identification mark 2 denotes the tire manufacturer New tires have a mark with two symbols Retreaded tires have a mark with four symbols For more information on retreaded tires see gt page 154 Tire size Code 8 indicates the tire size Operation E 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Operation u Tires and wheels Tire type code Tire type code may at the option of the manufacturer be used as a descriptive code for identifying significant characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture The date of manufacture 6 identifies the week and year of manufacture The first two figures identify the week starting with 01 to represent the first full week of the calendar year The second two figures represent the year For example 3202 represents the 32nd week of 2002 For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration This marking tells you about the type of cord and number of plies in the side
192. e USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Tire inflation pressure warnings If the system detects a significant loss of tire inflation pressure in one or more than one tire amessage appears in the multifunction display In addition an acoustic warning sounds and the low tire pressure telltale in the instrument cluster comes on 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 159 Version 2 11 7 1 Tires and wheels P64 32 6900 31 The respective tire is indicated by a red rectangle Restarting Advanced TPMS N Warning It is the driver s responsibility to set the tire inflation pressure to the recommended cold tire inflation pressure Underinflated tires affect the ability to ste
193. e loose if not tightened with a torque of 96 Ib ft 130 Nm Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for your vehicle s rims Tire rotation can be performed on vehicles with tires of the same dimension all around If your vehicle is equipped with tires of the same dimension all around tires can be rotated observing a front to rear rotation pattern that will maintain the intended rotation spinning direction of the tire gt page 164 In some cases such as when your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimension front vs rear tire rotation is not possible If applicable to your vehicle s tire configuration tires can be rotated according DD Operation a 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe c a Fe i a O Tires and wheels to the tire manufacturer s recommended intervals in the tire manufacturer s warranty pamphlet located in your vehicle literature portfolio If none is available tires should be rotated every 3000 to 6000 miles 5000 to 10000 km or sooner if necessary according to the degree of tire wear The same rotation spinning direction must be maintained Rotate tires before the characteristic tire wear pattern becomes visible shoulder wear on front tires and tread center wear on rear tires Thoroughly clean the mounting face of wheels and brake disks i e the inner side of the wheels tires during each rotation Check for and ensure prope
194. e deployed air bags and repair any malfunctioning air bags to make sure the vehicle will continue to provide supplemental crash protection for occupants Safety guidelines for the seat belt Emergency Tensioning Device ETD and air bag N Warning e Damaged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat belts installed or supplied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the environment Check with your local government s disposal guidelines California residents see 463_AKB 2 d2ureepe 52 en US www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Air bags and ETDs are designed to function on a one time only basis An air bag or ETD that is deployed must be replaced Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the seat belts Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS This includes changing or removing any component or part of the SRS the installation of additional trim material seat covers badges etc over
195. e descriptions and illustrations herein may vary slightly from the actual equipment of your vehicle If there are any equipment details that are not shown or described in this Operator s Manual any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to inform you of correct care and operating procedures The Operator s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept with the vehicle Service and warranty information The Service and Warranty Information booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Mercedes Benz including e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachusetts New York Pennsylvania 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 19 Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if after a reasonable number of repair attempts Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its authorized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty During the period of 18 months from original deliv
196. e event of an accident brush guard are not intended to prevent injury or damage in the event of an accident Also check state and local regulations on installation and use Raise and lower brush guard in an open space with plenty of room Only lower brush guard to clean headlamps 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 225 Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe gt Lowering While holding brush guard firmly open quick lock using locking and unlocking handle gt Gently lower brush guard until it reaches its fully lowered position gt Raising and securing Flip up brush guard until it contacts end stop joint Quick lock stop pin must engage the cross slot recess in lock gt Now turn quick lock 2 so that quick lock 2 makes contact with end stop joint gt Lock quick lock 2 on both sides of brush guard using locking and unlocking handle Q H Make sure both quick stop pins are seated fully in lock Replacing SmartKey batteries If the batteries in the SmartKey are discharged the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked It is recommended to have the batteries replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Z Warning Batteries contain poisonous and corrosive substances Therefore keep the batteries out of reach of children If a battery is swallowed seek medical help immediately Replacing SmartKey batteries N Warning SmartKey batteries contain perchlorate
197. e turned on The seat turned on The seat heating switches off heating switches off automatically automatically The seat heating will switch back on again The seat heating will switch back on again automatically as soon as sufficient voltage is automatically as soon as sufficient voltage is available available Rear seat heating Multifunction steering wheel aM Z Warning Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving Adjusting the steering wheel while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle The steering wheel adjustment feature can be operated when the driver s door is open rer Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked Controls in detail A Normal heating vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a Rapid heating vehicle could result in an accident and or The red indicator lamps in the switch come Senous Personaliinjuy on to show which heating level you have Make sure selected e you can reach the steering wheel with your The seat heating switches from level 2 rapid arms slightly bent at the elbows seat heating to level 1 normal seat heating after approximately 5 minutes e you can move your legs freely The seat heating switches off automatically e all displays including malfunction and from level 1 after approximately 30 minutes indicator lamps on the instrument cluster gt Switch on the ignition are clearl
198. e vehicle warning labels may cause you and others to Some safety systems only function while the be unaware of certain risks which may result engine is running You should therefore never in an accident and or personal injury turn off the engine while driving N Warning Problems with your vehicle Heavy blows againstthe vehicle underbody or tires wheels may cause serious damage and If you should experience a problem with your impair the operating safety of your vehicle vehicle particularly one that you believe may Such blows can be caused for example by affect its safe operation we urge you to running over an obstacle road debris or a contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center pothole If you feel a sudden significant immediately to have the problem diagnosed vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect and corrected if required If the matter is not that damage to your vehicle as occurred handled to your satisfaction please discuss the problem with the Mercedes Benz Center e turn on your hazard warning flashers management or if necessary contact us at e slow down carefully one of the following addresses e drive with caution to an area which is a safe In the USA distance from the road Customer Assistance Center Inspect the vehicle underbody and tires Mercedes Benz USA LLC wheels for possible damage If the vehicle One Mercedes Drive appears unsafe have it towed to the nearest Montvale NJ 07645 0350 authorized Merce
199. eard to indicate even if the SmartKey is removed from the that the special seat belt retractor is starter switch or removed from the vehicle activated The seat belt is now locked Push e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold A 2 gt on me f Pan Fr Oo Ge N such as seat adjustment steering wheel down on child restraint to take up any slack adjustment or the memory function To deactivate release the seat belt buckle If children open a door they could injure other and let the seat belt retract completely The persons or get out of the vehicle and injure seat belt can then again be used in the usual themselves or be injured by following traffic manner Do not expose the child restraint system to A Warning direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned on these Never release the seat belt buckle while the vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated parts N Warning Information on child seats with mounting fittings for tether anchorages Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the gt page 47 passenger or cargo compartment unless they are firmly secured in place For information on LATCH type child seat Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo anchors gt page 48 increases a
200. ecommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see Children in the vehicle A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint A Warning Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when it is installed properly Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 41 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Occupant safety Front seat belts and rear outer seat belts Rear center seat belt Safety and security A Overview Attachment for latch plates gt Place the shoulder portion of the seat belt o Buckle tarten ateh plate across the top of your shoulder and the lap Release button for fixed latch plate gt With a smooth motion pull the seat belt out of seat belt outlet N portion across your hips Fixed latch plate gt Push latch plate into buckle until it Buckle for free sliding latch plate clicks Release button for free sliding latch plate gt If necessary adjust the seat belt
201. ectronic recording devices Including notice pursuant to California Code 9951 Please note that your vehicle is equipped with devices that can record vehicle systems data and if equipped with the Tele Aid system may transmit some data in certain accidents This information helps for example to diagnose vehicle systems after a collision and to continuously improve vehicle safety Daimler may access the information and share it with others e for safety research or vehicle diagnosis purposes e with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee e in response to an official request by law enforcement or other government agency e for use in dispute resolution involving Daimler its affiliates or sales service organization and or e as otherwise required or permitted by law Please check the Tele Aid subscription service agreement for details regarding the information that may be recorded or transmitted via that system 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 23 Version 2 11 7 1 Exterior View encen Cockpit aae ee Instrument cluster Multifunction steering wheel 27 Center console uu22444 nen 28 Overhead control panel 30 Door control panel 30 At a glance E 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 24 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Exterior view Exterior view At
202. edes Benz Center If a newly inserted fuse blows again have the cause determined and rectified by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A fuse chart is located in the fuse box in the passenger compartment The fuse chart explains the fuse allocation and fuse amperages Before replacing fuses gt Engage the parking brake gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Turn off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Fuse boxes in passenger compartment H The fuse box cover must be properly positioned as described Otherwise moisture or dirt could enter the fuse box and possibly impair fuse operation 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 243 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Fuse box in dashbord gt Open the driver s door box 5 can be folded down slightly gt Opening Remove cover Q in direction of Unscrew mounting screws the arrows gt Fold fuse box 5 downward in direction of the arrow Fuse box in front passenger footwell Fuse box in middle tunnel Practical hints Removing front end stops A Warning Do not drive the vehicle when the front end stops are not correctly installed Failure to reinstall stops as indicated may result in serious injury in certain frontal crashes Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occup
203. ediate surroundings are illuminated with fluorescent light the display may flicker e there is a sudden change in temperature e g if you drive into a heated garage from the cold lens condensation e the camera lens is dirty or covered e the rear of your vehicle is damaged In this case have the position and setting of the camera checked by a qualified specialist workshop Mercedes Benz recommends that you contact a Mercedes Benz Center for this purpose Do not use the rear view camera in these situations Otherwise you could injure yourself or others and or damage property including your vehicle while parking maneuvering P54 00 2709 31 Camera lens Q must be free of dirt ice snow and slush to function properly Clean the camera lens regularly Being careful not to scratch or damage the camera lens see DD Controls in detail 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 118 Version 2 11 7 1 Controls in detail 7 Driving systems Cleaning the rear view camera lens gt page 190 Switching on off gt Switching on Switch on the ignition gt Switch on the COMAND system gt Shift the automatic transmission to reverse gear R The area behind the vehicle appears in the COMAND system display The image from the rear view camera will no longer be displayed if you select another function on the COMAND system while reverse gear R is engaged To di
204. edure before setting the vehicle in motion All steering wheel adjustment must be completed before setting the vehicle in motion Driving off with the steering wheel 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 69 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 still adjusting could cause the driver to lose For more information on the steering wheel control of the vehicle see Multifunction steering wheel gt page 97 The steering wheel heating warms up the leather area of the steering wheel Adjust the interior and exterior rear view mirrors before driving so that you have a good view of the road and traffic conditions gt Adjust the interior rear view mirror manually Controls in detail gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Turn switch at the tip of the A Warning stalk in direction of arrow Q Exercise care when using the passenger side Indicator lamp comes on exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a The steering wheel heating may be wider field of view Objects in mirror are suspended temporarily However indicator closer than they appear Check your interior lamp remains on The steering wheel rear view mirror and glance over your heating is suspended when the shoulder before changing lanes temperature of the vehicle interior is above 86 F 30 C It is also Suspended when the temperature of the steering wheel is above 95 F 35 C
205. eed capability of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h e Any tire with a speed capability above 186 mph 300 km h must include a ZR 8 or M S 4 for winter tires 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 170 Version 2 11 7 1 in the size designation AND the service description must be placed in parenthesis Example 275 40 ZR 18 99Y The Y speed rating in parenthesis designates the maximum speed capability of the tire as being above 186 mph 300 km h Consult the tire manufacturer for the actual maximum permissible speed of the tire All season and winter tires Index Speed rating QM S8 upto 100 mph 160 km h TM S8 upto 118 mph 190 km h H M S upto 130 mph 210 km h VM S8 upto 149 mph 240 km h Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show M S and the mountain snowflake marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph 210 km h The factory equipped tires on your vehicle may have a tire speed rating above the maximum speed permitted by the electronic speed limiter Make sure your tires have the required tire speed rating as specified for your vehicle in the Tec
206. eed limitations indicated on the spare wheel Tire care and maintenance Z Warning Regularly check the tires for damage Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pressure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is worn to minimum tread depth or if the tires have sustained damage replace them Check the tire inflation pressure at least every other week For more information on checking tire inflation pressure see Recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 154 Tire inspection Every time you check the tire inflation pressure you should also inspect your tires for the following e excessive treadwear gt page 165 e cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e bumps bulges cuts cracks or splits in the tread or side of the tire Replace the tire if you find any of the above conditions Make sure you also inspect the spare tire periodically for condition and inflation Spare tires willage and become worn over time even if never used and thus should be inspected and replaced when necessary 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 165 Version 2 11 7 1 Tires and wheels Life of tire N Warning Tires and spare tire should be replaced after 6 years regardless of the remaining tread The service life of a tire is dependent upon varying factors including but not limited to e Driving style e Tire inflation pressure
207. eer into a line of gravity straight up or downhill Never let the vehicle roll backwards in idle You may lose control of the vehicle if you use only the service brake For information on driving downhill see Driving downhill A Warning Sand dirt mud and other material having friction property can cause exceptional wear and tear as well as brake failure Have the brakes checked for dirt build up and cleaned There is otherwise a risk that full braking power may not be available in an emergency Operation E 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 180 Version 2 11 7 1 Driving instructions Read this chapter carefully before you begin off road travel Familiarize yourself with the vehicle characteristics and gear changing before you attempt any difficult terrain off road driving We recommend that you start out with easy off road travel Special driving features for off road driving The following driving features are available for specific kind of operation e ABS gt page 51 ESP gt page 52 e 4 ETS gt page 53 e Differential locks gt page 93 Operation e Transfer case gt page 91 Off road driving rules e Engage the transfer case in position LOW before driving under off road conditions D page 91 e If necessary activate differential locks gt page 93 The ABS BAS and ESP are switched off automatically when the differential loc
208. eereeeeteere eR 189 COMP ANtMENt sssrini 148 Malfunction indicator lamp NEUESTE ERTET 26 218 Starting Turning off Engine Technical data see Vehicle specification Engine coolant see Coolant Engine oil Addie soseri errr ae 151 INAGILIVES 2 sata 254 Checking level we 149 COMSUMPLOMss2ccscciesececsssesesaedseseeies 149 Messages in the multifunction CIS Pla scs cesssstssscteessassaestsastaseseteezeses 207 Oil di stick rrr00 150 Recommended engine oils and oil PIMC aO EEE ER 253 ESP Electronic Stability Program 52 AMET E EE E ET 53 Messages in the multifunction CIS PAY sssssisesevcccesconscieceipadsuachtieseciss 198 Warning JaMP 217 ETD Emergency Tensioning Device 43 Safety guidel S si 34 Express operation Power WINKOWS scccessceesesreeeeeeees 81 Tilt sliding sunroof 125 Exterior lamp switch Exterior rear view mirrorS 69 Parking position eeeeresserennen 70 71 Exterior view of vehicle 24 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Fastening the seat belts 40 First aid Kitisen 194 Plat tine yee nu ak 232 Lowering the vehicle 235 Mounting the spare wheel s 233 Preparing the vehicle 233 Spare WHEE 0054500000540 232 251 Floormats 3u ein 144 Fluids Automatic transmission fluid 252 Brakeifl ld eseesenacnens Capacities innean Engine coolant
209. ehicle is able to receive signals from the GPS satellite network and pass the information on to the Response Center The Tele Aid system Telematic Alarm Identification on Demand The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response e Automatic and manual emergency e Roadside Assistance e Information The Tele Aid system is operational providing that the vehicle s battery is charged properly connected not damaged and cellular and GPS coverage is available The Tele Aid system utilizes the cellular network for communication and the GPS Global Positioning System satellites for vehicle location If either of these signals are unavailable the Tele Aid system may not function and if this occurs assistance must be summoned by other means A Tele Aid call cannot be canceled Even if the Tele Aid system is not activated or operational the system will attempt to connect the respective call This may take as long as 5 minutes or more As long as the Tele Aid system attempts to connect a call you cannot operate the audio system or the COMAND system Also most functions in the control system such as the telephone function are suspended Therefore it is not advisable to initiate any Tele Aid call unless the Tele Aid system is activated and operational Controls in detail Fl 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Useful features To adjust the speaker volume during a Tele Aid call do the f
210. elective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogramm the SmartKey Pressing button g will then only unlock the driver s door and the fuel filler flap gt Switching on off Press and hold buttons uw and simultaneously for approximately 6 seconds until battery check lamp 3 gt page 58 flashes twice The SmartKey will then function as follows gt Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler flap Press button g once gt Global unlocking Press button o twice gt Global locking Press button 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 59 Version 2 11 7 1 Locking and unlocking Checking SmartKey batteries gt Press button or g onthe SmartKey Battery check lamp gt page 58 comes on briefly to indicate that the SmartKey batteries are in order If the battery check lamp does not come on briefly during check the SmartKey batteries are discharged gt Replace the batteries gt page 225 You can obtain the required batteries at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the batteries are checked within signal range of the vehicle pressing button jor a willlock or unlock the vehicle accordingly Loss of the SmartKey If you lose your SmartKey or mechanical key you should do the following gt Have the SmartKey deactivated by an authorized Me
211. em detects an obstacle in this range all the distance warning segments illuminate and you hear a warning signal If the obstacle is closer than the minimum distance the actual distance may no longer be indicated by the Rear Parking Assist system Warning indicators Visual signals indicate to the driver the relative distance between the sensors and an obstacle P54 66 3731 31 The warning indicator is divided into four yellow and two red distance segments Q The Rear Parking Assist system is ready to measure when you hear a signal and readiness indicator 2 is illuminated As your vehicle approaches an object one or more distance segments 1 will illuminate depending on the distance When the sixth distance segment illuminates you have reached the minimum distance An intermittent acoustic warning will sound when the fourth yellow distance segment illuminates This signal quickens with each additional distance segment lit When the sixth distance segment illuminates the acoustic warning becomes a constant signal The signal is canceled when the automatic transmission is shifted into drive position D or park position P 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Rear Parking Assist system malfunction If no distance segments illuminate and no acoustic warning sounds there is a malfunction in the Rear Parking Assist system gt Have the Rear Parking Assist system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soo
212. emergency call is still possible In this case the emergency call will take priority and override all other active calls The indicator lamp in the respective button flashes until the call is concluded Emergency calls can only be terminated by a Response Center or Customer Assistance Center representative All other calls can be terminated by pressing button EQ multifunction steering wheel or the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system on the Destination Download to the COMAND system The components and operating principles of the COMAND system can be found in the separate COMAND operating instructions Destination Download allows you access to a database of over 10 million points of interest POIs that can be downloaded to your vehicle s navigation system If you know the destination the address can be downloaded or can be provided with points of interests near your location The Response Center can transmit destination data to the COMAND system during the connection with the Roadside Assistance or Customer Assistance Center The transmitted data can contain address details for a Mercedes Benz Center or POIs Route guidance The system calculates the route and subsequently starts the route guidance to the defined address Useful features If you select No you can save the address to your address book The Destination Download feature is available if the relevant mob
213. en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 257 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Fuels coolants lubricants etc Model Approximate freeze protection 35 F 37 C 49 F 45 C Cooling system G 550 6 4 US qt 6 05 7 1 US qt 6 7 G 55 AMG 6 7 US gt 6 35 7 4 US qt 7 0 Z Warning Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flammable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned gt Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit gt Mix with water for temperatures above freezing point gt Mix with commercially available premixed washer solvent antifreeze for temperatures below freezing point Technical data u Washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above freezing point 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 I water For temperatures below freezing point 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts solvent 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 I solvent 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 258 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 259 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 260 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 261 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Service and Literature
214. en ehesten 52 cS aL Aussee 52 Driving systems All wheel drive 4MATIO 114 Cruise Control u 112 Hill Start assist ueeeseserseeeneernenennn 114 Rear Parking Assist system 115 Rear view camera uennanesssseesnneeeeenn 117 Driving tips automatic transmission n 89 Easy entry exit feature 68 109 EBB Electronic Brake Booster 52 Electrical system Improper work on or modifications 21 Power outlets uneeeeseeeseennnnn 134 Electrical system Technical data see Vehicle specification Electronic Stability Program see ESP Electronic Traction System see 4 ETS Emergency in case of Battery jump starting 237 First aid Kit ccswccccivecsteasseaevediecevess 194 EE REEE EA 232 Hazard warning flasher 75 Roadside Assistance 19 Towing the vehicle 239 Emergency calls Tele Aid isenana 136 Emergency operations Gear selector lever unlocking 222 Limp home mod6e 2 22 52 242052s22042 90 Locking unlocking the vehicle 221 Power tilt sliding sunroof 223 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 7 Version 2 11 7 1 Remote door unlock 139 Tailgate unlocking and opening 221 Emergency Tensioning Device see ETD Emission control 185 Information label 247 System warranties eerssneesseernner nen 18 Engine Break in recommendations 146 1G ck Jal bn eepeeneer
215. en only 1 46 in 1 6 mm of tread remains TWR Tongue Weight Rating Maximum permissible weight on trailer tongue Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using U S government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle maximum load on the tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing it by two 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Winter driving General information Have your vehicle winterized at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Winter tires N Warning Winter tires with a tread depth of less than 1 6 in 4 mm must be replaced They are no longer suitable for winter operation N Warning If you use your spare wheel when winter tires are fitted on the other wheels be aware that the difference in tire characteristics may very well impair turning stability and that overall driving stability may be reduced Adapt your driving style accordingly Have the spare wheel replaced by regular road wheel with a winter tire at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Always use winter tires at temperatures below 45 F 7 C and whenever wintry road conditions prevail Not all M S rated tires provide special winter perform
216. ended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Underinflated tires can e cause excessive and uneven tire wear e adversely affect fuel economy 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 156 Version 2 11 7 1 e lead to tire failure from being overheated e adversely affect handling characteristics Overinflated tires N Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Overinflated tires can e adversely affect handling characteristics e cause uneven tire wear e be more prone to damage from road hazards e adversely affect ride comfort e increase stopping distance Checking tire inflation pressure Safety notes A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden de
217. ense The left or right license plate lamp is malfunctioning Plate gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 226 Lamp Left or License Plate Lamp Right AUTO The light sensor is malfunctioning The headlamps come on Light automatically Inoperativ Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as e possible To switch off the headlamps U S vehicles only gt In the control system set daytime running lamp mode to manual gt page 106 gt Switch off the headlamps using the exterior lamp switch gt page 72 Ros Low Beam The left or right low beam lamp is malfunctioning Left gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as ar possible Low Beam Right 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 211 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions 30E Rear The rear fog lamp is malfunctioning A substitute bulb is being Foglamp used Auxiliary Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 226 Bulb On TOE Switch You have removed the SmartKey from the starter switch i Off Lights opened the driver s door and left the headlamps on gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to o or auto gt page 72 W Turn off The exterior lamp switch is set to auto and you have forgotten lights or to remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The parking re
218. ensors 1 on the bumper H Applying strong pressure may damage the sensor covers 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 190 Version 2 11 7 1 Cleaning the rear view camera lens P54 00 2709 31 gt Only use clean water and a soft non scratching cloth to clean rear view camera lens Be careful not to apply wax to rear view camera lens 1 when waxing the vehicle If necessary remove the wax using the Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water H Do not clean the camera and the area around the camera e with a high pressure cleaner e with a dry cloth and strong pressure e with aggressive cleaning agents You could otherwise damage the camera Cleaning the windows and the wiper blades A Warning For safety reasons switch off wipers and remove SmartKey from starter switch before cleaning the windshield and or the wiper blades Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury H Do not pull on the wiper blade inserts They could tear 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 191 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle care gt Fold the wiper arms forward until they snap Therefore the vehicle s brake system into place should always be warmed up before it is gt Clean the windshield and the wiper blade parked after cleaning Drive your vehicle for inserts with a clean cloth and mild several minutes to allow the brakes to dry detergent solution
219. enter You could The Electronic Stability Program ESP is otherwise seriously damage the brake operational as soon as the engine is running system or the transfer case which is not and monitors the vehicle s traction force of covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited adhesive friction between the tires and the Warranty road surface and handling H Because the ESP operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch The ESP recognizes when a wheel is spinning or if the vehicle starts to skid By applying brakes to individual un and by position O or 1 when the parking brake is limiting the engine output the ESP works to being tested on a brake test dynamometer stabilize the vehicle The ESP is especially Such testing should be no longer than 10 useful while driving off and on wet or slippery seconds road surfaces The ESP also stabilizes the vehicle during braking and steering maneuvers Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the The ESP warning lamp in the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine HH The ESP will only function properly if you is running use wheels of the recommended tire size as specified in the Technical data section of this Operator s Manual 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe E
220. epair any defective parts originally installed in the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 246 Version 2 11 7 1 e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachusetts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Systems Warranty e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Replacement parts and accessories are covered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Accessories warranties copies of which are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information booklet have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a replacement It will be mailed to you Identification labels 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 247 Version 2 11 7 1 Identification labels The Vehicle Identification Number VIN can be found e on certification label Q on the driver s door B pillar on the frame in the passenger side front wheel house gt page 247 e on the lower edge of the windshield gt page 247 P00 10 4440 21 VIN on frame in passenger side front wheel house WDCYR70F56X 165 BION ON a P00 01 3703 31 Example certification label U S vehicles VIN Paintwork code Technical data u DAIMLER AG MAL NAL TRA 3000 10 08 C7 1410 TYPE
221. er The windshield defroster uses a large amount of power To keep battery drain to a minimum switch off the windshield defroster as soon as the windshield is clear 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe The windshield defroster switches off automatically after 10 minutes If you switch on the windshield defroster for the fourth time in succession it will switch off automatically after 5 minutes You cannot switch on the windshield defroster if the outside temperature is above 50 F 10 C N Warning Any accumulation of snow and ice should be removed from the windshield before driving Visibility could otherwise be impaired endangering you and others P64 25 7794 31 gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press windshield defroster switch Q Indicator lamp 2 comes on gt Switching off Press windshield defroster switch Q once more Indicator lamp 2 goes out H If too many electrical consumers are operating simultaneously and there is insufficient voltage in the battery indicator lamp 2 in windshield defroster switch starts flashing After approximately 30 seconds the system responds automatically by switching the windshield defroster off 6 USA only 7 Canada only 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 125 Version 2 11 7 1 Power tilt sliding sunroof Rear window defroster N Warning Any accumulation of snow and ice should be removed from the rear window before driving Visib
222. er or brake the vehicle You might lose control over the vehicle When you restart the TPMS the system sets new reference values for each tire The TPMS must be restarted when you have adjusted the tire inflation pressure to a new level e g because of different load or driving conditions The TPMS is then recalibrated to the current tire inflation pressures Canada only The TPMS usually recognizes tire pressure adjustments and sets new reference values automatically You can however restart the TPMS manually as described Restart the TPMS after adjusting the tire inflation pressure to the inflation pressure recommended for the vehicle operating condition Tire pressure should only be adjusted on cold tires Observe the recommended tire inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Some vehicles may have supplemental tire pressure information for driving at high speeds or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition If such information is provided it can be found on the inside of the fuel filler flap DD Operation u 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 160 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Tires and wheels gt Press button 4 or X repeatedly until is mounted does not reflect the actual you see the current inflation pressure for spare tire inflation pressure each tire appear in the display or the fo
223. erature will increase due to the lower heat transfer capability of the solution Therefore do not use more than this amount of anticorrosion antifreeze If the coolant level is low water and MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze should be used to bring it up to the proper level have cooling system checked for signs of leakage Please make sure the mixture is in accordance with label instructions The water in the cooling system must meet minimum requirements which are usually satisfied by normal drinking water If you are not sure about the water quality contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 256 Version 2 11 7 1 Anticorrosion antifreeze Your vehicle contains a number of aluminum parts The use of aluminum components in motor vehicle engines necessitates that anticorrosion antifreeze coolant used in such engines be specifically formulated to protect the aluminum parts Failure to use such anticorrosion antifreeze coolant will result in a significantly shortened service life Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your vehicle MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze agent Before the start of the winter season or once a year in hot southern regions you should have the anticorrosion antifreeze concentration checked The coolant is also regularly checked each time you bring your vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service 463_AKB 2 52
224. ercedes Benz Limited Warranty or result in property damage or personal injury A Warning No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction display is inoperative As a result you will not be able to see information about your driving conditions such as e speed e outside temperature e warning indicator lamps e malfunction warning messages e failure of any systems Driving characteristics may be impaired If you must continue to drive please do so with added caution Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible On the pages that follow you will find a compilation of the most important warning and malfunction messages that may appear in the multifunction display For your convenience the messages are divided into text messages gt page 198 and symbol messages gt page 202 Practical hints 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 198 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Text messages Safety systems Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ABS ABS not You have engaged the differential locks available The ABS switches on again after the differential locks have Differenti been disengaged al Locked ABS ABS ESP The brake system is still functioning normally but due to a Inoper
225. erhead control panel then is not possible You can switch off cargo compartment lamps 2 if the tailgate should remain open for a longer period of time see Switching cargo compartment lamps off and on with the tailgate open gt page 79 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 79 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Switching cargo compartment lamps Switching on off and on with the tailgate open gt Press lock cylinder to activate the cargo N Warning compartment lamps again 3 ae Th r mpartment ill To prevent possible personal injury always Du ATEN TOM keep hands and fingers away from the cargo compartment opening when closing the on tailgate Be especially careful when small Wi A nn Controls in detail Z Warning Make sure the tailgate is closed when the H Do not operate the wipers when the engine is running and while driving Among windshield rear window is dry Dust that other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO accumulates on a windshield rear window gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in might scratch the glass and or damage the unconsciousness and death wiper blades when wiping occurs on a dry windshield rear window If it is necessary E To prevent the vehicle battery from being tO operate the wipers in dry weather discharged switch off the cargo conditions always operate the wipers with compartment lamps if the tailgate should washer fluid remain open for a longer period of
226. erious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Switching on the ESP gt Press ESP switch D until the ESP warning lamp A in the instrument cluster goes out You are now again in normal driving mode with the ESP switched on Anti theft systems The immobilizer prevents unauthorized persons from starting your vehicle When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle The engine can be started by anyone with a valid SmartKey that is left inside the vehicle Activating gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Deactivating gt Switch on the ignition Starting the engine will also deactivate the immobilizer In the event that the engine cannot be started yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 54 Version 2 11 7 1 Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada ti theft alarm system Once the alarm system has been armed a visual and audible alarm is triggered when someone opens e a door e the tailgate e the hood The alarm will stay on even if the activating element a door for example is immediately closed The alarm system will also be triggered when e the vehicle is opened with the mechanical key e a door is opened from the
227. erter gt Have oil siphoned or drained off Observe all legal requirements with respect to its disposal Practical hints It may be that there is water in the engine oil gt Have the engine oil at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The measuring system is malfunctioning Have the measuring system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center At next The engine oil level is too low gas gt Add engine oil gt page 151 and check the engine oil level station gt page 149 add 1 0 gt If you must add engine oil frequently have the engine a zus checked for possible leaks USA only At next gas Station add 1 0 liter engine ol Canada only 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 208 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display If the message At next gas station add station to refill your engine oil to the required 1 qt Canada 1 liter engine oil level appears while the engine is running and at For information on approved engine oils operating temperature the engine oil level contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center has dropped to approximately the minimum or visit www mbusa com USA only level H Engine oil level warnings should not be ignored Extended driving with the symbol displayed could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The message will be stored in the vehicle
228. ery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18000 miles approximately 29 000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or malfunction results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that defect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or malfunction of a less serious nature than category 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly notified us in writing of the need for its repair or 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Written notification should not be sent to a dealer it should be addressed to Introduction Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Maintenance The Maintenance Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be performed at regular intervals Always have the Maintenance Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service The service advisor will record each service in the
229. eset to factory settings 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 104 Version 2 11 7 1 Controls in detail Control system The settings you have changed will not be reset unless you confirm the action by pressingthe reset button a second time After approximately 5 seconds the Settings menu reappears in the multifunction display Submenus in the Settings menu gt Press button or L repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button A The collection of the submenus appears in the multifunction display There are more submenus than can be simultaneously displayed gt Press button The selection marker moves to the next submenu gt Scroll down with button with button gt With the selection marker on the desired submenu use button A to access the individual functions within that submenu gt Once within the submenu use button gt to move to the next function or button X to move to the previous function within that submenu gt Use button or to change the settings of the respective function The following lists show what settings can be changed within the various menus Detailed instructions on making individual settings can be found on the following pages scroll up Instrument cluster
230. ess ER or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others Introduction Always adjust your driving style to the prevailing road and weather conditions and keep a safe distance to other road users and objects on the street e ABS Antilock Brake System If a driving system malfunctions other driving e BAS Brake Assist System safety systems may also switch off Observe indicator and warning lamps that may come on as well as messages in the multifunction ESP Electronic Stability Program display that may appear This section contains information about the following driving safety systems e EBB Electronic Brake Booster In winter operation the maximum N Warning IE NEE a mosi or the driving The ABS the BAS and the ESP switch off systems described in this section is only A achieved Wiki wiimer fe or snowrhang when the differential locks are switched on When the ABS the BAS and the ESP are as required 7 switched off e wheels may lock during hard braking e steering capabilities are reduced e braking distance is increased e vehicle stability in standard driving maneuvers is increased 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 51 Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Make sure the differential locks are switched on at all times except when driving off road for example Switch on the differential locks immediately when returning from off road driving AB
231. fect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Practical hints FA What to do if When you switch on the ignition all lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp Lamps in instrument cluster and turn signal indicator lamps unless activated in the instrument cluster come on fa lamp in the instrument cluster fails to If any of the following lamps in the instrument come on when the ignition is switched on cluster fails to come on during the bulb self have it checked and replaced if necessary check when switching on the ignition have the respective bulb checked and replaced if necessary Notes 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints What to do if Problem The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while the engine is running The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while the engine is running The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while the engine is running 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 214 Version 2 11 7 1 Brake Possible causes consequences and Solutions The ABS has detected a malfunction and switched off The BAS the EBB the ESP and the 4 ETS are also switched off see messages in multifunction display The brake system is still functioning normally but without
232. flation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Check the tire inflation pressure at least every other week Check and adjust the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold gt page 155 Checking tire inflation pressure manually Follow the steps below to achieve correct tire inflation pressure gt Remove the cap from the valve on one tire gt Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve gt Read the tire inflation pressure on the tire gauge and check against the recommended tire inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 161 If necessary add air to achieve the recommended tire inflation pressure gt If you have overfilled the tire release tire inflation pressure by pushing the metal stem of the valve with e g a tip of a pen Then recheck the tire inflation pressure with the tire gauge gt Install the valve cap gt Repeat this procedure for each tire Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS Your vehicle is equippe
233. function display The current tire inflation pressure for each tire appears in the multifunction display after a few minutes of driving Possible differences between the readings of a tire pressure gauge of an air hose e g gas station equipment and the vehicle s control system can occur The tire pressure displayed by the control system apply to sea level In high altitude locations the reading on a tire pressure gauge will be higher than the reading issued by the vehicle s control system Do not reduce the tire inflation pressure under such circumstances gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button or EP on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display appears in the multifunction display gt page 99 gt Press button 4 or X until the current inflation pressure for each tire appears in the multifunction display Tire Pres psi 32 30 P54 32 6562 31 When the vehicle has been parked for longer than 20 minutes the message Tire 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe pressure displayed only after driving for a few minutes appears in the multifunction display witha spare wheel mounted the system may still indicate the tire inflation pressure of the removed road wheel for some minutes If this happens keep in mind that the indicated value where the spare wheel is mounted does not reflect the actual spare tire inflation pressur
234. g is a discussion on how to work with The combined weight of all occupants the information contained on the Tire and cargo luggage and trailer tongue load if Loading Information placard with regards to applicable should never exceed the weight loading your vehicle referenced in that statement 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Tires and wheels Seating capacity ING INFORMATION LE CHARGEMENT tate m van 9 cers 3 P40 00 2132 31 The seating capacity gives you important information on the number of occupants that can be in the vehicle Observe front and rear seating capacity The Tire and Loading Information placard showing seating capacity 1 is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 161 Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Seating capacity data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle Steps for determining correct load limit The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 gt Step 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s Tire
235. gt Press button A or 7 repeatedly until the message Easy entry Function appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Easy entry Function Off P54 32 6567 31 gt Press button or to switch the easy entry feature On or Off Trip computer menu Use the Trip computer menu to call up statistical data on your vehicle The following information is available e Fuel consumption statistics since start page 109 e Fuel consumption statistics since last reset gt page 110 e Resetting fuel consumption statistics gt page 110 Controls in detail a e Distance to empty gt page 110 When you enter the Trip computer menu you will always see the fuel consumption statistics since start first Fuel consumption statistics since start gt Press button CP or repeatedly until the message From Start appears in the multifunction display From Start 75 mi 1 30 h P54 32 6898 31 Distance driven since start Time elapsed since start Average speed since start Average fuel consumption since start All statistics stored since the last engine start will be reset approximately 4 hours after the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 0 or removed from the starter switch DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US
236. h If the vehicle is towed with one axle raised observe instructions regarding flexible drive shaft and propeller shafts the engine must be shut off andthe SmartKey must be To function properly sensors must be free in starter switch position 1 Otherwise the of dirt ice snow and slush Clean 4 ETS may become engaged which may sensors 1 regularly being careful not to cause loss of towing control scratch or damage sensors 1 see Cleaning the Rear Parking Assist system sensors H Only conduct operational or performance gt page 190 tests on a two axle dynamometer If such A Warning tests are necessary contact an authorized ER The Rear Parking Assist is a supplemental Mercedes Benz Center You could i gt otherwise seriously damage the brake system It is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The system and or the transfer case which is ae j N not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited responsibility during parking and other critical P88 20 3279 31 Controls in detail E Warranty maneuvers always remains with the driver In winter operation the maximum ZX Warning effectiveness of the 4MATIC is only Make sure no persons or animals are in or achieved with winter tires gt page 175 or near the area in which you are parking snow chains as required maneuvering Otherwise they could be injured _ Rear Parking Assist system u Special attention must be paid to objects
237. h the vehicle occupants Roadside Assistance button gt Open the storage tray gt page 131 gt Press and hold Roadside Assistance button Q for longer than 2 seconds A call to a Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will be initiated The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button Q will flash while the call is in progress The message Connecting Cal will appear in the multifunction display and the COMAND system is muted When the connection is established the message Call Connected appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and location subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals The COMAND system display indicates that a Tele Aid call is in progress While the call is connected you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on the COMAND system Spoken commands are not available A voice connection between the Roadside Assistance dispatcher and the occupants of the vehicle will be established DD Controls in detail a 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Useful features Describe the nature of the need for assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will either dispatch a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or arrange to tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center For services such as labor and or towing cha
238. harge checked more frequently When replacing a battery always use a battery approved by Mercedes Benz If you do not intend to operate your vehicle for an extended period of time contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center about steps you need to observe A Warning Observe all safety instructions and precautions when handling automotive batteries Risk of explosion Fire open flames and smoking are prohibited when handling batteries Avoid creating sparks Battery acid is caustic Do not allow it to come into contact with skin eyes or clothing A Wear suitable protective clothing especially gloves apron and faceguard Wear eye protection Rinse any acid spills immediately with clear water Contact a physician if necessary 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 236 Version 2 11 7 1 Keep children away Follow the instructions in this Operator s Manual Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Large 12 volt storage batteries contain lead Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states USA only or provinces Canada only require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling A Warning Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting You might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes
239. have set intermittent wiping dirt on the surface of the rain sensor or optical effects may cause the windshield wipers to wipe in an undesired fashion This could then damage the windshield wiper blades or scratch the windshield You should therefore switch off the windshield wipers when weather conditions are dry Intermittent wiping interval is dependent on wetness of windshield After the initial wipe pauses between wipes are controlled by the rain sensor automatically gt Turn the combination switch to position I Intermittent wiping is interrupted when the vehicle is at a standstill and a front door is opened This protects persons getting into or out of the vehicle from being sprayed Intermittent wiping will be continued when all doors are closed and e the automatic transmission is in drive position D or reverse gear R 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 80 Version 2 11 7 1 or e the wiper setting is changed using the combination switch Single wipe gt Press the combination switch briefly in direction of arrow D to the resistance point The windshield wipers wipe one time without washer fluid Wiping with washer fluid Press the combination switch in direction of arrow 1 past the resistance point The windshield wipers operate with washer fluid To prevent smears on the windshield or noisy chattering wiper blades wipe with washer fluid every now and then even when it is raining For informati
240. he tailgate move down gt If the vehicle battery is disconnected or drained Press down the locking knobs on the front passenger door the rear doors and the tailgate gt Exit the vehicle Close the driver s door Remove mechanical key 2 from the SmartKey gt page 221 gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the lock cylinder gt Turn mechanical key 2 clockwise to position 1 The vehicle is locked gt Turn mechanical key 2 back and remove it from the lock cylinder gt Check if the tailgate is locked gt If necessary lock the tailgate with the mechanical key gt page 61 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 222 Version 2 11 7 1 This procedure does not arm the anti theft alarm system nor does it lock the fuel filler flap If the vehicle s electrical system is malfunctioning the gear selector lever could remain locked in park position P In this case the gear selector lever can be unlocked manually e g to tow the vehicle gt Engage the parking brake r gt Insert suitable tool 1 e g a ball point pen into the covered opening gt Simultaneously push tool 1 downward and move the gear selector lever out of park position P gt Remove tool 4 The gear selector lever is unlocked The cover returns to its closed position after moving the gear selector lever to the positions D and D P27 60 2200 31 The gear selector lever is loc
241. hich allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip the ESP continues to operate when you are braking e the 4 ETS will still apply the brakes to a spinning wheel at vehicle speeds up to approximately 37 mph 60 km h e the cruise control cannot be activated e the cruise control switches off if activated When the ESP is switched off and one or more drive wheels are spinning the ESP warning lamp A in the instrument cluster flashes However the ESP will then not stabilize the vehicle When the ESP is switched off it will be switched on again automatically when exceeding a vehicle speed of 37 mph 60 km h or exceeding a severity threshold of side acceleration gt With the engine running press ESP switch until the ESP warning lamp A in the instrument cluster comes on The ESP is switched off N Warning When the ESP warning lamp Z is illuminated continuously the ESP is DD Safety and security E 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security a Anti theft systems switched off or is not operational due to a malfunction Vehicle stability in standard driving maneuvers is reduced Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions and to the non operating status of the ESP H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period with the ESP switched off This may cause s
242. hicle underbody or suspension components If possible use the assistance of a second person outside the vehicle to scout the path you intend to take and check for adequate ground clearance when you cross When driving on sand observe the following obstacles with your vehicle The person rules assisting you outside the vehicle should e Avoid high engine speeds always be a safe distance away from the vehicle and positioned so that he or she cannot get hurt in case of any unexpected ae vehicle movement e In sandy soil drive at a steady speed as conditions permit This helps overcome the vehicle rolling resistance and reduce the e Shift automatic transmission into a gear range that is appropriate for the terrain After off road driving or crossing obstacles inspect vehicle for any damage especially 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Operation E Driving instructions likelihood of the vehicle sinking into the ground e Drive in tracks of other vehicles if they are not too deep and you have sufficient clearance Ruts A number of off road tracks or other byways have deep ruts which can cause the underbody to come in contact with the ground H Check that the ruts are not too deep and your vehicle s clearance is sufficient Otherwise e your vehicle may be damaged e the underbody of the vehicle may come in contact with the ground and you may get stuck e Avoid high engine speeds e Comply with the warnings
243. hnical data section gt page 250 for example when purchasing new tires If you are uncertain about the correct reading of the information given on a tire s sidewall 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 171 Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to assist you For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration In addition to tire load rating special load identification may be molded into the tire sidewall following the letter designating the tire speed rating gt page 168 e No specification given absence of any text like in above example indicates a standard load SL tire e XL or Extra Load designates an extra load or reinforced tire e Light Load designates a light load tire C D E designates load range associated with the maximum load a tire can carry at a specified pressure U S tire regulations require each new tire manufacturer or tire retreader to mold a TIN into or onto a sidewall of each tire produced Tires and wheels The TIN is a unique identifier which facilitates efforts by tire manufactures to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires and gives purchasers the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identification mark Tire siz
244. hone has not been connected to the COMAND system via Bluetooth yet Connect the telephone to the COMAND system via Bluetooth e Ready or name of the network provider if available The telephone has found a network and is ready for use You can operate it using the control system Answering a call When your telephone is ready to receive calls you can answer a call at any time In the multifunction display you will then see the following message or if available the caller ID number or name TEL Call From Unknown P54 32 669091 gt Press button g You have answered the call 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 111 Version 2 11 7 1 Control system Ending a call or rejecting an incoming call gt Press button A Dialing a number from the phone book When your telephone is ready to receive calls you may select and dial a number from the phone book at any time gt Press button EP or repeatedly until the message TEL appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 or 7 repeatedly until the desired name appears in the multifunction display If you press and hold button 4 or X for longer than 1 second the system scrolls rapidly through the list of names until you release the button again The stored names are displayed in alphabetical order TEL lt gt Miller T
245. ians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If it is necessary to modify an air bag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 for details Air bags N Warning Air bags are designed to reduce the potential of injury and fatality in certain frontal impacts front air bags or side impacts window curtain air bags However no system available today can completely eliminate injuries and fatalities The deployment of the air bags temporarily releases a small amount of dust from the air bags This dust however is neither injurious to your health nor does it indicate a fire in the vehicle The dust might cause some temporary breathing difficulty for people with asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing difficulty but cannot get out of the vehicle after the air bag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or door N Warning To reduce the risk of injury when the front air bags inflate it is very important for the driver and front passenger to always be in a properly 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 33 Version 2 11 7 1 Occupant safety seated position and to wear their respective seat belt For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position
246. ical hints E 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 196 Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display gt Pull cover ring slightly outwards in direction of arrows and remove gt Pull cover plate 4 towards you P40 10 5442 31 gt Unscrew mounting screws 7 gt Remove the spare wheel N Warning Make sure no one is injured when removing the spare wheel Grip wheel from the sides Keep hands from beneath the wheel After mounting the spare wheel Transport the damaged wheel on the spare wheel carrier see Storing the spare wheel after use for instructions gt Repair or replace the damaged tire as soon as possible and return the spare tire as original spare For information on mounting the spare wheel see Flat tire gt page 232 Storing the spare wheel after use gt Secure the spare wheel with mounting screws 7 on the spare wheel carrier gt page 196 Make sure the spare wheel cannot come loose gt Make sure catch 6 engages in recess 5 when mounting cover plate gt page 196 gt Make sure tab 2 gt page 195 faces downwards when mounting cover ring gt page 196 For safety reasons check regularly that the spare wheel is securely fastened Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Warning and malfunction messages appear in the multifunction display located in the instrument cluster Certain w
247. icle occupants cover un it engages in lock Storage bags cannot protect transported gt Opening storage compartment Press goods in the event of an accident button and lift up armrest cover gt Opening storage tray Press button and lift up armrest cover Storage bags are located on the back of the front seats gt Closing storage compartment Lower armrest cover until it engages in lock Located in the cover of the storage tray is a storage area for small items Useful features The Roadside Assistance button gt gt page 137 and the Information button N Warning gt page 138 are located in the storage tray In order to help prevent spilling liquids on vehicle occupants and or vehicle equipment only use containers that fit into the cup holder Use lids on open containers and do DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail WE Useful features not fill containers to a height where the contents especially hot liquids could spill during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Liquids spilled on vehicle occupants may cause serious personal injury Liquids spilled on vehicle equipment may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty When not in use keep the cup holder closed An open cup holder may cause injury to you or others when contacted during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Keep in mind that obje
248. ident and or serious personal injury transmission never shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N while driving Gear ranges Exceptions With the automatic transmission in drive THESE Ol eideaetiuatcdien position D you can limit or extend the gear range see One touch gearshifting malfunctioning shift the automatic transmission into gt page 90 neutral position N if the vehicleis The current gear range appears in the in danger of skidding multifunction display e Shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N if you have to shift the transfer case Controls in detail H Coasting the vehicle or driving for any other reason with the automatic transmission in neutral position N can result in transmission damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Gear range indicator D Drive position The automatic transmission shifts H if the transfer case is in off road position automatically All forward gears are LOW the automatic transmission will not available shift up automatically even when the engine has reached the speed limit for that gear There is a risk of damaging the Driving tips engine i It is very important to make sure the Kickdown 7 permissible engine speed is not exceeded Use the kickdown when you want maximum acceleration gt Depress the accelerator pedal past the point of resistance Depending on the engine speed the auto
249. ied Comply with information gt Open the front passenger door on occupant safety section gt Opening Unscrew mounting screws Q gt Remove cover 2 in direction of the arrow Q Front end stop on the right seat rail left seat rail laterally reversed Front end stop Spacing gt Unscrew mounting screws Q gt Remove cover 4 in direction of the arrows 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Open the front passenger door gt Remove both front end stops Q of the front passenger seat tracks using a screwdriver gt Move front passenger seat fully forward H When reinstalling front passenger seat track stops place end stops in correct position For your safety maintain proper spacing Opening fuse box gt Unscrew mounting screws Q gt Remove cover 2 in direction of the arrow Fuse box in battery box The battery box is located under a cover in the rear footwell Replacement of fuses can only be performed at a Mercedes Benz Center 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 244 Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 245 Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle equipment 246 Parts servicen nenn 246 Warranty coverage ccceeee 246 Identification labels 246 Vehicle specification G 550 463 237 a en ere 248 Vehicle specification G 55 AMG 463270 a a 24
250. ile phone network is available and data connection is possible Search and Send Search amp Send is a navigation destination address entry service For more information on Search amp Send refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions Remote door unlock In case you have locked your vehicle unintentionally e g SmartKey inside vehicle and the reserve SmartKey is not available gt Contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada You will be asked to provide your password gt Then return to your vehicle at the time arranged with the Response Center and press the tailgate lock for a minimum of 20 seconds until the indicator lamp in the SOS button is flashing The message Connecting Call appears in the multifunction display As an alternative you may unlock the vehicle via Internet in the My Tele Aid section of Owner s Online using your ID and password USA only The Response Center will then unlock your vehicle with the remote door unlocking feature The remote door unlock feature is available if the relevant cellular phone network is available The SOS button will flash and the message Connecting Call will appear in the multifunction display to indicate receipt of the door unlock command DD Controls in detail 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Useful features Once the vehicle is unlocked a Resp
251. ility could otherwise be impaired endangering you and others The rear window defroster uses a large amount of power To keep the battery drain to a minimum switch off the defroster as soon as the rear window is clear The defroster is switched off automatically after approximately 6 to 17 minutes of operation depending on the outside temperature gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press button or 7 on the respective climate control panel The indicator lamp in the button comes on gt Switching off Press button GH again gt Switch off consumers that are currently not needed if required As soon as the battery has sufficient voltage the rear window defroster switches back on automatically lor Power tilt sliding sunroof fe Da When closing the tilt sliding sunroof make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure The opening procedure of the tilt sliding sunroof can be immediately halted by releasing the sunroof switch or if the sunroof switch was moved past the resistance point and released by moving the sunroof switch in any direction DD Controls in detail a 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail u Loading and storing The closing procedure of the tilt sliding sunroof can be immediately halted by releasing the sunroof switch The closing procedure of the tilt
252. in steep terrain Be easy on the accelerator and watch for continuous wheel traction when driving in steep terrain The 4 ETS helps greatly when starting out on a steep incline when the front wheels have then the tendency to slip due to the weight shifting away from the front axle The 4 ETS recognizes the situation and limits the torque for the front wheels by braking them Simultaneously the torque for the rear wheels is increased Driving across a hilltop Decelerate just ahead of a hilltop do not shift automatic transmission into neutral position N to prevent the vehicle from speeding up too much after climbing a hill Use the momentum of the vehicle to drive across the hilltop After climbing a hill driving in this manner prevents the vehicle from e losing ground contact when cresting hills e losing its forward momentum e speeding up too much after climbing the hill Driving downhill e Shift automatic transmission into gear range 1 gt page 89 e Drive downhill observing the same rules as driving uphill gt page 181 The special LOW RANGE ABS gt page 51 setting allows for precise and brief cyclical blocking of the front wheels permitting them to dig into loose ground 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 182 Version 2 11 7 1 Remember that when stopped the front wheels slide across a surface and thus lose their ability to steer the vehicle Driving through water P00 00 4367
253. in the Change of Address Notice found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 This will assist us in contacting you in a timely manner should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it available to the next operator If you bought this vehicle used be sure to send in the Notice of Purchase of Used Truck found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries please be aware that e service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e unleaded gasoline for vehicles with catalytic converters may not be available the use of leaded fuels will damage the catalysts e gasoline may have a considerably lower octane rating and improper fuel can cause engine damage Certain Mercedes Benz models are available for delivery in Europe under our European Delivery Program For details consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to In the USA Mercedes Benz USA LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In C
254. in the multifunction display The calculated remaining driving range based on the current fuel tank level appears in the multifunction display If only very little fuel is left in the tank a fuel pump appears instead of the remaining driving range Range 212 MI Telephone menu N Warning A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a telephone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when weather road and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a mobile phone while driving a vehicle Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe You can connect your telephone to the COMAND system via Bluetooth see separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Switch on the COMAND system Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button EP or repeatedly until the message TEL appears in the multifunction display One of the following messages will appear in the multifunction display e No Service No network is available e Bluetooth Ready The telep
255. ing with you in the vehicle gt Secure the child using an infant or child restraint appropriate to the age and size of the child gt Make sure the infant or child is properly secured at all times while the vehicle is in motion 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 45 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Occupant safety N Warning Infant and child restraint systems When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in Z Observe Safety notes see page 44 We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the the vehicle even if they are secured in a child vehicle is in motion N l restraint system or with access to an Only use a BabySmart compatible child unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised restraint for the front passenger seat in this access to a vehicle could result in an accident vehicle and or serious personal injury The children All lap shoulder belts except the driver s seat could belt have special seat belt retractors for secure fastening of child restraints To fasten a child restraint follow child restraint instructions for mounting Then pull the shoulder belt out completely and let it e injure themselves or cause an accident with retract During seat belt retraction a vehicle equipment that can be operated ratcheting sound can be h
256. injuries Pregnant women should also always use a lap shoulder belt The lap belt portion should be positioned as low as possible on the hips to avoid any possible pressure on the abdomen Place the seat backrest in a position that is as upright as possible Check your seat belt during travel to make sure it is properly positioned Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat e When using a seat belt to secure infant restraints toddler restraints or children in 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 40 Version 2 11 7 1 booster seats always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions A Warning Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not allow the seat belt to get caught in the door or in the seat adjustment mechanism This could damage the seat belt Never attempt to make modifications to seat belts This could impair the effectiveness of the seat belts Fastening the seat belts A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat r
257. ior rear view Mirrors 69 Interior rear view Mirror 69 Memory function 70 MON Motor Octane Number 255 Motor Octane Number see MON Multicontour seats une 65 Multifunction display 98 Symbol messages 202 Text messages 0s 40eese 198 Vehicle status messages 196 Multifunction display messages 198 200 212 206 206 202 Brake Pads nennen 202 Coolant er eenege 204 Cruise control 199 Display malfunction 196 204 207 198 209 211 208 210 204 License plate lamps n uuuee een 210 Light sensor sen Low beam lamps Parking Drake sccssssccscestbessesceeases Parking laS Reserve fUel ccscccesseeeeseteeeeeeees Reverse lamp Side marker lampS 2 4 2 222 209 SmartKey rsrsr 204 SRS eE EEEE EEE 199 Tailgate nesir ae 204 Taila mps ennaa 211 Tele AIG fesenivc tc reist 203 Tire pressure ceense 200 212 Tire pressure monitor 200 Tire Sairanen 200 212 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 11 Version 2 11 7 1 Transfer Case ssasrekenaun 203 Turms mals 212 Washer 1uldwic aa cesses seeosaver 204 Multifunction steering wheel ACJUSUN Biss s cesstasses couvsarcesnses sxteeeedesee gt 67 Cleaning rer Easy entry exit feature Heatin E eiie Memory function OVGIVIEWeiscazs cidecsicesseacsshceasstecachdbencess C Navigation menu 102 Net
258. is unable to monitor the tire inflation Pres Unavailabl pressure due to a nearby radio interference source or Monitor e insufficient power supply As soon as the causes of the malfunction have been removed the Advanced TPMS becomes active again automatically after a few minutes of driving 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 201 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions Correct The tire pressure is too low in one or more tires The Tire or Pres The tire pressures of the individual tires differ from each other significantly The tire pressure values are shown in the multifunction display Check and correct tire inflation pressure as required gt page 156 Caution One or more tires are deflating mre The respective tire is indicated in the multifunction display defect gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 232 Check The tire pressure in one or more tires is already below the MNES minimum value The respective tire is indicated in the multifunction display gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers gt Check and adjust tire pressure as required gt f necessary change the wheel gt page 232 Practical hints A Warning Do no
259. ited Warranty DD Practical hints 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 206 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions E Coolant The poly V belt could be broken Stop gt Stop the vehicle immediately as soon as it is safe to do so ua off gt Turn off the engine immediately Check the poly V belt gt If it is broken Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt If itis intact Do not continue to drive the vehicle with this message displayed Doing so could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Observe the coolant temperature gauge in the instrument cluster gt Drive to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Practical hints EE The cooling fan for the coolant is malfunctioning gt Observe the coolant temperature gauge in the instrument cluster If the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C you may continue driving to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Avoid placing heavy loads on the engine e g by driving uphill as well as stop and go traffic gt Have the fan replaced as soon as possible The battery is no longer charging Possible causes e alter
260. ition is switched on or the engine is running the brake warning lamp P42 20 2489 91 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 86 Version 2 11 7 1 prae USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster goes out gt Engaging Pull up parking brake lever 1 firmly When the engine is running the brake warning lamp erake USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster comes on Turning off the engine A Warning Do not turn off the engine before the vehicle has come to a complete stop With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Engage the parking brake Always engage the parking brake in addition to shifting the automatic transmission into park position P When parked on an incline also turn the front wheels towards the road curb gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The immobilizer is activated The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the automatic transmission in park position P 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Automatic transmission For information on driving with an automatic transmission see
261. iving over tree stumps big rocks and e There is a very high level of driving other obstacles observe the following rules resistance in water The surface is slippery Comply with the warnings gt page 179 and mn De away rules for off road driving gt page 180 e Avoid high engine speeds e Make sure that only small bow waves are i en c formed when driving the vehicle through e Shift automatic transmission into gear water range 1 gt page 89 e Clean mud off the tire tread after driving e Check the vehicle clearance before through water crossing obstacles fo e To dry the brakes apply pressure to the e Cross obstacles e g tree stumps or big brake pedal several times while driving rocks very slowly by aiming one of the front after leaving the water wheels at the center of the obstacle and repeat same with the rear wheel Crossing obstacles H Special attention is needed when you cross obstacles on a steep incline The vehicle could slide sideways as a result ofits possible slanted position which in turn may result in the vehicle tipping or rolling over Driving on sand Z Warning Do not reduce the tire inflation pressure before driving through sand However if you do so remember to correct the tire inflation pressure before continuing your trip Driving with reduced tire inflation pressure increases the risk of losing control of the vehicle and rolling over H Obstacles can damage the ve
262. ked again as soon as you move it back to park position P 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe N Warning Avoid contact with the vehicle walls as they may contain sharp edges Otherwise you could injure yourself while releasing the fuel filler flap In case the central locking system does not release the fuel filler flap you can open it manually The fuel filler flap release is located on the passenger side in the cargo compartment behind the side trim panel Open the tailgate gt page 61 gt Remove edge protection 1 in direction of arrow 2 Before removing side trim panel completely the electrical connectors must be disconnected gt Pull off side trim panel in direction of arrow 4 so the electrical connectors are accessible gt Disconnect the electrical connectors gt Remove side trim panel 3 completely 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 223 Version 2 11 7 1 Opening closing manually jr gt Pull fuel filler flap release 6 upwards in direction of arrow gt Open the fuel filler flap gt page 146 gt Connect the electrical connectors gt Reinstall side trim panel gt page 224 gt Reinstall edge protection 1 gt Close the tailgate Opening closing manually You can open or close the power tilt sliding sunroof manually should an electrical malfunction occur The power tilt sliding sunroof drive is located on the driver s
263. ks are activated e Fasten items being carried as securely as possible gt page 126 H Observe the following during off road driving e Keep doors tailgate windows and tilt sliding sunroof closed whenever driving off road e Switch the cruise control off e Adjust vehicle speed to condition of terrain The more uneven rutty and steeper the terrain the lower the speed should be Drive through water slowly at an even speed avoiding a bow wave e Be especially careful when driving in unknown territory It may be necessary to get out of the vehicle and scout the path you intend to take e Watch out for obstacles such as rocks holes tree stumps and ruts e Avoid excessive engine speeds drive at moderate engine speeds max 3000 rpm Before driving through water determine its depth e Do not stop vehicle while immersed in water and do not shut off the engine e In sandy soil drive at a steady speed as allowed by conditions This helps overcome the vehicle rolling resistance and reduces the likelihood of the vehicle sinking into the ground e Do not initiate jumps with the vehicle It interrupts the forward momentum of the vehicle e Always drive onto slopes with the engine running and the vehicle in gear e Do not shift automatic transmission into neutral position N e Inspect the vehicle for possible damage after each off road trip Z Warning Do not reduce the tire inflation pressure
264. ks front transfer case center and rear Each can be engaged simply by pushing dashboard mounted DD Controls in detail 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail u Differential locks switches in sequential order center rear front gt page 94 When the transfer case center differential is locked half of the engine s power is automatically distributed to the front wheels and half to the rear wheels When the rear differential is locked power going to the rear wheels is equally distributed so that both rear wheels turn at the same speed and torque Please be aware that engaging the differential locks will significantly reduce the steering ability of the vehicle For your safety and the safety of others and to prevent damage to the vehicle the differential locks must not be engaged when driving on paved roads It is important to understand that during on road paved driving differentials are absolutely necessary for providing the essential control and steering ability of the vehicle The differential locks therefore must not be engaged when driving on paved roads and should only be used to the extent necessary to negotiate off road conditions which cannot be handled by the systems the 4 ETS the ESP and the manual switch position LOW of transfer case this vehicle comes equipped with Switching differential locks on and off The switches are located on the upper part of the ce
265. lanes press combination switch only to point of resistance and release The corresponding turn signal lamps will flash three times 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Lighting gt Switch on the ignition gt Press headlamp cleaning button Q The headlamps are cleaned with a high pressure water jet The headlamps will be cleaned automatically when you have e switched on the headlamps and e the windshield wipers have wiped the windshield with washer fluid fifteen times For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 153 Corner illuminating front fog lamps The corner illuminating front fog lamps improve illumination of the area in the direction into which you are turning The corner illuminating front fog lamps will only operate e in low ambient lighting conditions e at vehicle speeds below 25 mph 40 km h e with the front fog lamps switched off e when the engine is running Switching on gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position ZD or auTo or gt Activate the daytime running lamp mode gt page 73 gt Switch on the left or right turn signal depending on whether you are turning left or right The respective front fog lamp comes on If you have switched on the turn signal for one side but turn the steering wheel in the other direction the corner illuminating 2008 12 02T 1
266. ld accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal Controls in detail amp H Only shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R or park position P when the vehicle is stopped Otherwise the automatic transmission could be damaged Shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P is only possible with the brake pedal depressed Only depressing the brake pedal releases the gear selector lever lock The current gear selector lever position corresponds with the current transmission position DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail u Automatic transmission The current transmission position P R N or D appears in the multifunction display gt page 88 The automatic transmission selects individual gears automatically depending on e the selected gear range gt page 89 e transfer case position HIGH or LOW gt page 91 e the position of the accelerator pedal e the vehicle speed With drive position D selected you can influence transmission shifting by limiting or extending the gear range The current transmission position appears in the multifunction display Transmission position indicator 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 88
267. le see Vehicle specification Direction of rotation tires 164 Displays Digital speedometer 100 Maintenance service indicator 186 Messages in the multifunction displayerassre teren 196 Multifunction display 98 Outside temperature 100 105 Symbol messages 202 Text messages oriin 198 Trip COMPUTE sisirin 109 Vehicle status message memory 102 Vehicle system settings 103 Door control panel 30 Door handles 2 2 2 2 2 2s2 2 30 Doors Child safety locks ueenneseerenneeennen 48 Locking unlocking SmartKey 58 Locking unlocking from outside 58 Messages in the multifunction GIS PLAY SPPPISPREFFENSSECFEFIRREFE PERSTEPRSFFERR Opening from inside Remote door unlock Tele Aid 139 Unlocking Mechanical key 221 DOT Department of Transportation 2 cree 173 Drinking and driving 177 Driving Abr dd e se ressor ree 185 Hydro planing ss sssieveveeceuecteestieess 179 Instructions es In winter OO Problems Safety systems 50 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe SYSTEM Svszs sshctsecesese dshuscexesetabessocets 112 Through standing water 179 Driving and parking Safety Notes sinenennenn 82 Driving off 84 179 Driving safety systems a S E nassen 53 NB T AAE TA EAT 51 BASS 51 e A test
268. lectronic Traction System 4 ETS Z Observe Safety notes see page 50 The 4 ETS four wheel Electronic Traction System is a component of the ESP The 4 ETS improves the vehicle s ability to utilize available traction especially under slippery road conditions by applying the brakes to a spinning wheel In addition more power is transferred to the wheel s with traction The 4 ETS function is available between vehicle speeds of O mph km h and 37 mph 60 km h When you switch off the ESP the 4 ETS is still enabled Switching off the ESP Z Warning The ESP should not be switched off during normal driving other than in the circumstances described below Disabling the system will reduce vehicle stability in driving maneuvers To improve the vehicle s traction switch off the ESP in driving situations in which it would be advantageous to have the drive wheels spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip such as e when driving with snow chains e in deep snow e in sand or gravel e when driving off road Z Warning Switch on the ESP immediately if the aforementioned circumstances do not apply anymore Otherwise the ESP will not stabilize the vehicle when it is starting to skid or a wheel is spinning 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 53 Version 2 11 7 1 Driving safety systems When you switch off the ESP the ESP does not stabilize the vehicle e the engine output is not limited w
269. les 3000 km 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 146 Version 2 11 7 1 has been performed Please refer to Maintenance Booklet All of the above instructions as may apply to your vehicle type also apply when driving the first 1000 miles 1500 km after the engine the transfer case the front differential or the rear differential has been replaced Always obey applicable speed limits At the gas station N Warning Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious personal injury Never allow sparks flames or smoking materials near gasoline Turn off the engine before refueling Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and any skin or clothing contact Extinguish all smoking materials Direct skin contact with fuels and the inhalation of fuel vapors are damaging your health A Warning Overfilling of the fuel tank may create pressure in the system which could cause a gas discharge This could cause the gas to spray back out when removing the fuel pump nozzle which could cause personal injury H Never refuel vehicles with gasoline engine with diesel fuel Even small amounts of diesel fuel will damage the fuel system and engine Damage resulting from the use of non approved fuels or fuel additives or resulting from mixing gasoline with diesel fuel is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H If you have accidentally filled the tank with incorrect o
270. line point indicated by the arrow gt page 254 see Fuel requirements gt Turn fuel filler cap 2 counterclockwise gt page 255 or contact an authorized gt Take off fuel filler cap Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only H The fuel filler cap is tethered to the fuel filler neck Do not drop the cap It could The fuel filler flap is located on the right hand p R damage the vehicle paint finish side of the vehicle towards the rear Locking unlocking the vehicle with the gt Place fuel filler cap 2 in direction of arrow SmartKey automatically locks unlocks the into the holder fuel filler flap gt Fully insert filler nozzle unit and refuel In case the central locking system does gt Only fill your tank until the filler nozzle unit not release the fuel filler flap see Fuel filler cuts out do not top off or overfill flap gt page 223 Hl When refueling the vehicle make certain that no gasoline comes into contact with the rear side marker to prevent damaging the lens gt Closing Turn fuel filler cap clockwise until it audibly engages Make sure to close the fuel filler flap before locking your vehicle as the flap DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Operation E Engine compartment locking pin prevents closing after you have locked the vehicle gt Close fuel filler flap For information on quantities and requirements of operating agents see
271. liter Add 1 5 ats to reach maximum oil level Canada 1 5 liters e Add 2 0 qts to reach maximum oil level Canada 2 0 liters if you want to interrupt the checking procedure press button 7 or A on the multifunction steering wheel gt If necessary add engine oil For more information on engine oil see Fuels coolants lubricants etc gt page 252 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 151 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Engine compartment Other display messages For information on messages in the If the ignition is not switched on the following Multifunction display concerning engine oil message appears in the multifunction see the Practical hints section display gt page 207 Switch i ignition on to Adding engine oil check engine H Only use approved engine oils and oil oil Tevel filters required for vehicles with Switch on the ignition Maintenance System For a listing of If you see the message approved engine oils and oil filters contact c Observe an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or Ke Waiting Time visit www mbusa com USA only T gt If the engine is at operating temperature Using engine oils and oil filters of D wait 5 minutes before repeating check specification other than those expressly fo procedure required for the Maintenance System or changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than tho
272. llowing before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle e Keep right foot on the brake pedal e Engage the parking brake e Shift the automatic transmission into park position P e Slowly release the brake pedal e When parked on an incline always turn the front wheels towards the road curb DD Controls in detail A 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Driving and parking e Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position O and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch e Take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle when leaving Parking brake A Warning Engaging the parking brake while the vehicle is in motion can cause the rear wheels to lock up You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident In addition the vehicle s brake lights do not light up when the parking brake is engaged A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake and or shift the automatic transmission out of park position P either of which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury fer gt Releasing Pull up slightly on parking brake lever Q and press release button 2 gt Push parking brake lever 1 down to its original position When the ign
273. llowing message appears in the multifunction display Tire pressure displayed Aa Wanne l GERN only after Never exceed the maximum tire inflation Ca driving for pressure Follow recommended tire inflation a few minutes pressures gt Press the reset button gt page 95 Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires e i 5 The following message will appear in the wear excessively and or unevenly adversely multifunction display affect handling and fuel economy and are Restart more likely to fail from being overheated fo Tire Pres Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can onitor adversely affect handling and ride comfort gt If you wish to confirm Press button wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc The following message will appear in the multifunction display Tire Pres Monitor Restarted After driving a few minutes the system verifies that the current tire inflation pressures are within the system s specified range Afterwards the current tire inflation pressures are accepted as reference values and then monitored gt If you wish to cancel Press button When the wheel positions have been changed the air pressure of a tire may be For illustration purposes only Actual data displayed for the wrong position on tires are
274. losing the door windows make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by Controls in detail A Problems with wipers f i j the closing procedure H if anything blocks the wipers leaves Activate the override switch when children snow etc switch them off immediately are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The For safety reasons stop the vehicle in a children may otherwise injure themselves safe location and e g by becoming trapped in the window e remove the SmartKey from the starter OPening switch The closing of the door windows can be immediately halted by releasing the switch or engage the parking brake by releasing button on the SmartKey before attempting to remove any blockage Z Warning e Remove blockage Do not keep any part of your body up against the window pane when opening a window The downward motion of the pane may pull that If the windshield wipers fail to function at part of your body down between the window all with the combination switch in position pane and the door frame and trap it there If I there is a risk of entrapment release the switch and pull it to close the window e Turn the wipers on again e set the combination switch to the next higher wiper speed You can also open or close the windows using the SmartKey see Summer opening feature gt page 82 and Convenience closing feature gt page 82 e have the windshield wipers checked
275. lty programming the 1 This device may not cause harmful integrated remote control here are some interference and helpful tips 2 this device must accept any e Check the frequency of hand held remote interference received including control typically located on the reverse interference that may cause undesired side of the remote The integrated remote operation control is compatible with radio frequency Any unauthorized modification to this devices operating between 280 390 MHz device could void the user s authority to e Put a new battery in hand held remote operate the equipment control 6 This will increase the likelihood of the hand held remote control sending a faster and more accurate signal to the integrated remote control Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions While performing step 3 hold hand held remote control at different lengths and 1 This device may not cause interference angles from the signal transmitter button and or you are programming 2 this device must accept any Attempt varying angles at the distance of 2 interference received including to 12 inches 5 to 30 cm away or the same interference that may cause undesired angle at varying distances operation of the device e If another hand held remote control is Any unauthorized modification to this available for the same device try the device could
276. ly 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe until the standard display gt page 99 appears in the multifunction display gt Press button lt 7 or Z on the multifunction steering wheel until the maintenance service indicator display with the service symbol amp or and the maintenance service deadline appears in the multifunction display If the battery is disconnected the days of disconnection will not be included in the count shown by the maintenance service indicator To arrive at the true maintenance service deadline you will need to subtract these days from the days shown in the maintenance service indicator message or maintenance service indicator display Do not confuse the maintenance service indicator with the engine oil level indicator Resetting the maintenance service indicator In the event that the maintenance service on your vehicle is not carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center you can have the maintenance service indicator reset The automotive maintenance facility carrying out the maintenance service will find the information for resetting the maintenance service indicator in the maintenance relevant literature for your vehicle Such literature is available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center or directly from Mercedes Benz H If the maintenance service indicator was inadvertently reset have an authorized Me
277. m forward until it snaps into place P82 30 2857 31 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 232 Version 2 11 7 1 gt Turn wiper blade at a right angle to wiper arm gt Press safety tab Q of attachment link down and slide wiper blade from the end of wiper arm gt Remove wiper blade 2 Installing wiper blades P82 30 2858 91 gt Guide wiper blade Q so that opening goes through wiper arm gt Press wiper blade 1 into wiper arm until safety tab 2 engages in attachment link gt Fold the wiper arm backward to rest on the windshield H Make sure the wiper blades are properly installed Improperly installed wiper blades may cause windshield damage Safety notes When you replace the vehicle s tires you can use the spare wheel as a regular road wheel However the spare tire may not be older than 6 years In addition the rim and tire must be of same size and model as the regular road wheels 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe N Warning If the spare tire is more than 6 years old or is not the same model as the regular tires have the spare tire replaced with a new tire at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center Never operate the vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted Z Warning G 55 AMG Rim and tire size of spare wheel and regular wheel differ Handling will be adversely affected when the spare wheel is used Do not exceed the maximum speed of 50 mph
278. m may be leaky gt Check the fuel cap gt page 146 gt If it is not closed properly Close the fuel cap gt If it is closed properly Have the fuel system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Tires Problem 0 USA only Combination low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction telltale for the Advanced TPMS illuminates continuously Canada only Low tire pressure telltale for the Advanced TPMS illuminates continuously USA only Combination low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction telltale for the Advanced TPMS flashes 60 seconds and then stays illuminated N Warning 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 219 Version 2 11 7 1 What to do if Possible causes consequences and Solutions The Advanced TPMS detects a loss of pressure in at least one tire gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display gt page 196 If the tire inflation pressure in the respective tire s has have been corrected the combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale goes out after a few minutes of driving There is a malfunction in the Advanced TPMS gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display gt page 196 gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked by an authorize
279. marker is on the current setting Disp Unit Speed Odom gt Press button or speedometer unit to Km or to set iles Selecting language gt Press button EH or LP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 gt Move the selection marker with button or tothe Inst Cluster submenu gt Press button A or lt 7 repeatedly until the message Language appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 105 Version 2 11 7 1 Control system Language Deutsch Fran ais P54 32 4834 31 gt Press button or to select the language to be used for the multifunction display messages Selecting display digital speedometer or outside temperature for status indicator gt Press button or CF repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 gt Move the selection marker with button or tothe Instr Cluster submenu gt Press button 4 or 7 repeatedly until the message Status Line Display appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting
280. material which may require special handling and regard for the environment Check with your local government s disposal guidelines California residents see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states provinces require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling When inserting the batteries make sure they are clean and free of lint When replacing batteries always replace both batteries The required replacement batteries are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Replacement batteries Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent gt Remove the mechanical key from the SmartKey gt page 221 P80 35 2405 31 gt Insert mechanical key 1 in direction of arrow in side opening gt Using mechanical key 1 push slide to unlatch battery compartment gt Pull battery compartment out of the SmartKey housing in direction of arrow Practical hints E 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 226 Version 2 11 7 1 Practical hints ey Replacing bulbs P80 35 2404 31 gt Pull out batteries in direction of arrow gt Insert new batteries under contact spring 9 with the positive terminal side facing up gt Return battery compartment 3 into SmartKey hou
281. matic transmission shifts into a lower gear 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail u Automatic transmission Effect With this selection you can use the braking effect of the engine N Allows the use of engine s braking power when driving e on steep downgrades e in mountainous regions e under extreme operating conditions For maximum use of engine s braking effect on very steep or lengthy downgrades One touch gearshifting With the automatic transmission in drive position D you can limit or extend the gear range using the gear selector lever Limiting gear range A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction The automatic transmission will shift into the next lower gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously limits the gear range of the automatic transmission To avoid overrewing the engine when downshifting the automatic transmission will not shift into a lower gear if the engine s maximum speed would be exceeded 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 90 Version 2 11 7 1 Extending gear range gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction The automatic transmission
282. me type and A Warning with the specified watt rating P 8 Do not remove the cover for the Bi Xenon e Switch the lights off before changinga bulb headlamp Because of high voltage in Xenon to prevent short circuits lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components It is 10 Bi Xenon headlamps Low beam and high beam use the same D1S 35 W lamp Do not replace the Bi Xenon bulbs yourself Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints 3 Replacing bulbs recommended to have such work done by a qualified technician Front fog lamp bulb P82 10 5469 21 Example illustration Right front fog lamp left front fog lamp laterally reversed gt Loosen and remove securing screws Q gt Remove front fog lamp trim panel 2 in direction of arrow and the seal gt Loosen and remove front fog lamp securing screws 3 Do not turn adjusting screw If adjusting screw is turned the front fog lamp adjustment must be checked at a Mercedes Benz Center gt Remove front fog lamp 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 228 Version 2 11 7 1 gt Hold front fog lamp gently push onto bulb socket and turn bulb socket counterclockwise to its stop gt Pull bulb socket 6 out of front fog lamp P92 10 5683 91 gt Pull bulb 7 out of its bulb socket gt Insert the new bulb into the bulb socket
283. months depending on the climate and washing detergent used Mercedes Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if the paint surface shows signs of embedded dirt i e loss of gloss Do not apply any of these products or wax if your vehicle is parked in the sun or if the hood is still hot 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe gt Use the appropriate MB Touch Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint damage i e chips from stones vehicle doors etc Engine cleaning Prior to cleaning the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical components and connectors from contact with water and cleaning agents Corrosion protection such as MB Anticorrosion Wax should be applied to the engine compartment after every engine cleaning Before applying all control linkage bushings and joints should be lubricated The poly V belt and all pulleys should be protected from any wax Vehicle washing In the winter thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possible When washing the vehicle underbody do not forget to clean the inner sides of the wheels Hand wash gt Do not use hot water or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight gt Only use a soft wet cloth or sponge to clean the vehicle gt Only use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo gt Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a diffused jet of water gt Do not spray directly towards the ventilation in
284. move key lamps remain switched on gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or gt Switch off the headlamps Practical hints F IOE Tail The left or right tail lamp is malfunctioning A substitute bulb Lamp is being used Left gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 226 Bulb On urn The left or right rear turn signal lamp is malfunctioning A ignal substitute bulb is being used B 7 S a Left Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 226 B o ws uxiliary ulb On F Turn Signal Rear Right Auxiliary Bulb On DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 212 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions X Turn The left or right front turn signal lamp is malfunctioning A z Signal substitute bulb is being used Du gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 226 Auxiliary Bulb On or Turn Signal Front Right Auxiliary Bulb On w Turn The turn signal in the left or right exterior rear view mirror is z Signal In malfunctioning This message will only appear if all LEDs have Left stopped working Mirror gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as or possible Turn Signal In Right Mirror Practical hints Tires Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Correct
285. n Notes Ss With the memory function you can store up to three different configurations per front seat Each memory position button on the driver s side can store all of the following settings e Seat position e Multicontour seat previously saved setting 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 71 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Memory function e Exterior rear view mirrors position gt Press and hold desired memory position A Warning button 1 2 or 3 until the seat has arning a e completely moved to the stored position Do not activate the memory function while er a i On the driver s side also wait for the driving Activating the memory function while a Id ee es steering wheel and exterior rear view Me a SE peice cul mirrors to move to the stored position of the vehicle Releasing the memory position button stops movement to the stored positions immediately This feature is only available in Canada vehicles Each memory position button on the front passenger side can store all of the following settings e Seat position e Multicontour seat previously saved setting Controls in detail a For easier parking you can adjust the passenger side exterior rear view mirror so that you can see the right rear wheel as soon as you engage reverse gear R For information on activating the parking position see gt page 70 l A gt Adjust the seats gt
286. n he Safety notes counterclockwise out of its bulb socket gt Gently press the new bulb into the bulb Z Warning socket and turn clockwise until it engages For safety reasons switch off wipers and gt Reinstall lamp lens remove SmartKey from starter switch before gt Install and tighten securing screws 1 replacing a wiper blade Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause Do not overtighten securing screws injury Otherwise lamp lens 2 could be damaged 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints A A Warning Wiper blades are componentsthatare subject to wear and tear Replace the wiper blades twice a year preferably in the spring and fall Otherwise the windows will not be properly wiped As a result you may not be able to observe surrounding traffic conditions and could cause an accident H Never open the hood when a front wiper arm is folded forward Hold on to the wiper when folding a wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield or the rear window Do not allow a wiper arm to contact the windshield glass or the rear window without a wiper blade inserted Mercedes Benz recommends that you have this work carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Removing wiper blades H Do not pull on the wiper blade inserts They could tear gt Fold the wiper ar
287. n addition the load must be distributed so opposite side buckles Q that the weight on each axle never exceeds the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle The GVWR and GAWR for your vehicle are indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 246 P68 00 8886 31 Controls in detail u 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Loading and storing This vehicle is not intended to carry items on its roof Thus roof rails and any roof mounted devices must not be used A Warning Do not load items on the roof It may cause instability during some maneuvers which could result in an accident A Warning Parcel nets are intended for storing light weight items only such as road maps mail etc Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or fragile objects may not be transported in the parcel nets In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants Parcel nets cannot protect transported goods in the event of an accident A parcel net is located in the front passenger footwell Your vehicle is equipped with four cargo tie down rings Always follow loading instructions gt page 126 Carefully secure cargo by applying even load on all cargo tie down rings with rope of sufficient strength to hold down the cargo 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 128 Version
288. n as possible Rear view camera The rear view camera is an optical parking aid The area behind the vehicle appears in the COMAND system display as a mirror image like in the rear view mirror N Warning Make sure no persons or animals are in or near the area in which you are parking maneuvering Otherwise they could be injured Z Warning The rear view camera is only an aid and may display obstacles from a distorted perspective or inaccurately or may not display obstacles at all The rear view camera does not relieve you of the responsibility to be cautious take care and pay careful attention The rear view camera may not show objects which are very close to the rear bumper e under the rear bumper e under the spare wheel e nearby behind the spare wheel You are responsible for safety at alltimes and must continue to pay attention to the immediate surroundings when parking and maneuvering This includes the area behind in front of and beside the vehicle Otherwise you could endanger yourself and or others 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 117 Version 2 11 7 1 Driving systems A Warning The rear view camera either will not function or will not function to its full capability if e the tailgate is open e it is raining very hard snowing or foggy e it is night or you are parking maneuvering your vehicle in an area where it is very dark e the camera is exposed to a very bright white light e the imm
289. nator malfunctioning e broken poly V belt gt Stop immediately in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so and check the poly V belt gt If it is broken Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt If it is intact Drive to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 207 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions The battery has insufficient voltage gt Turn off unnecessary electrical consumers gt Have the battery and the alternator checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The battery was charged with a battery charger or jump started gt Have the battery and the alternator checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Engine The engine oil has dropped to a critical level 0il Level Check the engine oil level gt page 149 and add engine oil service as required gt page 151 Required gt If you must add engine oil frequently have the engine checked for possible leaks You have added too much engine oil There is a risk of damaging the engine or the catalytic conv
290. nd the drive axle The vehicle is then freely movable even if a gear has been selected and could unintentionally be set into motion particularly on up or downhill grades This DD Controls in detail 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Transfer case could lead to an accident and cause injury to yourself and others Please observe related messages appearing in the multifunction display Switching from HIGH to LOW H The shifting procedure can only be performed when the following conditions are met e The engine is running e The automatic transmission is in neutral position N e The vehicle is not at a standstill e The vehicle speed does not exceed 25 mph 40 km h gt Press upper half LOW of the transfer case switch Once the shift is complete transfer case position L appears in transfer case indicator If the shifting procedure does not take place press upper half LOW of the transfer case switch once more gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D Switching from LOW to HIGH H The shifting procedure can only be performed when the following conditions are met e The engine is running e The automatic transmission is in neutral position N e The vehicle is not at a standstill e The vehicle speed does not exceed 43 mph 70 km h 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 92 Version 2 11 7 1 gt Press lower half
291. nded for the age size and weight 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe of the child and secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Z Warning Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant During an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Children too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ib 18 kg until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster When the child restraint is not in use remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to prevent the child restraint from becoming a projectile in the event of an accident Installation of infant and child restraint systems N Observe Safety notes see page 44 N Warning Always lock the seat backrests in their upright position when the rear seats are occupied by passengers before installing top tether straps or the extended cargo compartment is not in use Make sure that seat backrests are secured properly by
292. nder load exhibit dimensional variations and different tire deformation characteristics that could cause them to come into contact with the vehicle body or axle parts Damage to the tires or the vehicle may be the result Further information on tires and rims is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center A placard with the recommended tire inflation pressures is located on the driver s door B pillar Some vehicles may have supplemental tire inflation pressure information for driving at high speeds or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition If such information is provided it can be found on the placard located on the inside of the fuel 20 The GVWR is the maximum permissible vehicle weight The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW comprises weight of vehicle including fuel tools spare wheel installed accessories passengers cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load The GVW must never exceed the GVWR 21 The GAWR is the maximum permissible axle weight 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 251 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Rims and tires filler flap The tire inflation pressure should available as standard or optional factory be checked regularly and should only be equipment but can be purchased from an adjusted on cold tires Follow tire authorized Mercedes Benz Center manufacturer s maintenance Equipping your vehicle with winter tires recommendation included with the vehicle
293. ng attempts have it checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Excessive unburned fuel generated by repeated failed starting attempts may damage the catalytic converter and may present a fire risk Make sure the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation Make sure the cable clamps do not touch any other metal part while the other end is still attached to a battery If the battery is discharged the engine can be started with jumper cables and the fully charged battery of another vehicle or an equivalent starter pack Observe the following e Access to the battery is not possible on all vehicles If you cannot access the battery of the other vehicle provide jump start 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 238 Version 2 11 7 1 power by an external battery or starter pack e Jump starting should only be performed when the engine and catalytic converter are cold e Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw out first e Only jump start from batteries with the same voltage rating 12 V Jump starting with a more powerful battery could damage the vehicle s electrical system Such damage will not be covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e Only use jumper cables with sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps e Always make sure the jumper cables are not on or near pulleys fans or other parts that move when an engine is started or running
294. ng difficulties H Remember that extended starting attempts can drain the battery If the SmartKey is left in starter switch position O for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the starter switch In this case the steering is locked gt To unlock remove the SmartKey from the starter switch and reinsert The engine does not start You can hear the starter There could be a malfunction in the engine electronics or in the fuel supply system DD Controls in detail 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Driving and parking gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position O and repeat the starting procedure If the engine does not start after several starting attempts gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance The engine does not start You cannot hear the starter The battery may not be sufficiently charged gt Get a jump start gt page 237 If the engine will not start despite a jump start gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance The starter has been exposed to excessive temperatures gt Let the starter cool for about 2 minutes gt Repeat the starting procedure If the engine does not start after several starting attempts gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Driving off A Warning On slippery road surfaces never d
295. nse plate lamps side marker lamps and instrument panel lamps 6 gt Low beam headlamps or high beam headlamps 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 72 Version 2 11 7 1 7 Front fog lamps 8 Lo Rear fog lamp If you hear a warning signal you have forgotten to switch off the low beam headlamps or the parking lamps before opening the driver s door In addition the message Switch Off Lights appears in the multifunction display Switch off the low beam headlamps or the parking lamps If the message Turn off lights or remove key appears in the multifunction display remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or switch off the headlamps H Failure to switch off the exterior lamps when leaving the vehicle may result in a discharged battery Low beam headlamps The low beam headlamps can be switched on and off with the exterior lamp switch gt Switching on Turn the exterior lamp switch to position 20 The following lamps come on e Low beam headlamps e Tail lamps e Parking lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps e Instrument panel lamps e Green indicator lamp 2 in the instrument cluster gt Switching off Turn the exterior lamp switch to position 0 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 73 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Lighting Automatic headlamp mode Canada only High
296. nter console Transfer case center differential lock Rear axle differential lock Front differential lock 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 94 Version 2 11 7 1 Engagement indicator lamps yellow Function indicator lamps red The differential locks can only be switched on in the sequence O Switching differential locks on H To avoid damage to the transfer case and differential locks e Engage the differential locks only at low speed walking speed not more than 5 mph 8 km h e Do not engage the differential locks if the driving wheels are spinning due to lack of traction e Do not engage the differential locks on paved roads Transfer case differential lock gt Press switch Q Yellow engagement indicator lamp for the transfer case differential lock comes on The ESP warning lamp A instrument cluster comes on When the differential lock engagement operation has been completed the red function indicator lamp comes on The message ABS not available differential locked appears in the multifunction display in the The ESP warning lamp A and the indicator lamp in the instrument cluster come on Once the transfer case differential lock is switched on you can now if needed switch on rear axle differential lock or switch on rear axle differential lock 2 and front differential lock 463_AKB 2 52 en US
297. o attachment Q gt page 41 A Warning To help prevent the possibility of injury always store the rear center seat belt latch plates in the attachment when the rear center seat belt is not in use Seat belt reminder system When the engine is started the seat belt telltale amp will always illuminate to remind you and your passengers to fasten your seat belts If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the engine is started an additional warning chime will also sound for a maximum of Occupant safety 6 seconds or until the driver s seat belt is fastened The seat belt telltale 2 and the warning chime will go out if the driver s seat belt is fastened For more information see Practical hints gt page 216 Emergency Tensioning Device ETD seat belt force limiter The seat belts for the front seats and rear outer seats are equipped with ETDs and seat belt force limiters The ETDs are designed to activate in the following cases e in frontal or rear end impacts exceeding the system s preset deployment threshold e if the restraint systems are operational and functioning correctly see SRS indicator lamp gt page 32 The ETDs for the front seats will only activate if the front seat belts are fastened latch plate properly inserted into buckle The ETDs for the rear outer seats will activate with or without the respective seat belts fastened In an
298. o keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Adapt your driving accordingly If the battery is disconnected or discharged e the SmartKey will not turn in the starter switch e the automatic transmission will remain in park position P e For more information see Battery gt page 236 or Jump starting gt page 237 e For information on manually unlocking the gear selector lever see gt page 222 When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground note the following With the automatic central locking activated and the SmartKey in starter switch position 2 the vehicle doors lock if a wheel is turning at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or above To prevent the vehicle doors from locking deactivate the automatic central locking gt page 108 To signal turns while being towed with hazard warning flasher in use turn the SmartKey in starter switch to position 2 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 241 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Towing the vehicle and activate combination switch for left or Move the gear selector lever to neutral right turn signal in usual manner only the position N selected turn signal will operate Upon gt Shift the transfer case to neutral canceling the turn signal the hazard position N warning flasher will operate again gt To avoid damaging the vehicle it
299. ollowing gt Press button or on the multifunction steering wheel or Use the adjustment button on your COMAND system System self test The system performs a self test after you have switched on the ignition A Warning A malfunction in the system has been detected if any or all of the following conditions occur e The indicator lamp in the SOS button does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button 3 does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in Information button r does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in the SOS button Roadside Assistance button 3 or Information button remains illuminated constantly in red after the system self test e The message Tele Aid Inoperative appears in the multifunction display after the system self test If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expected In case of an emergency help will have to be summoned by other means Have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada as soon as possible 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 136 Version 2 11 7 1 Emergency calls H In order to activate the Tele Aid system a subscriber agreement mu
300. on 2 11 7 1 Sunroof switch Raising Lowering Closing Opening gt Switch on the ignition gt Opening closing raising and lowering manually Move and hold the sunroof switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow a to A gt Release the sunroof switch when the desired position is reached gt Express opening To open the tilt sliding sunroof completely move the sunroof switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow and release gt Stopping during express opening Move the sunroof switch in any direction Loading and storing Loading instructions A Warning Always fasten items being carried as securely as possible using cargo tie down rings and fastening materials appropriate for the weight and size of the load In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle This can cause injury to 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 127 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Loading and storing vehicle occupants unless the items are For more information see Tire and Loading securely fastened in the vehicle Information gt page 161 To help avoid personal injury during a collision The handling characteristics of a fully loaded or sudden maneuver exercise care when vehicle depend greatly on the load transporting cargo Do not pile luggage or distribution It is therefore recommended to cargo highe
301. on The hazard warning flasher can be switched D gt page 72 on at all times even with the SmartKey gt Switching on Push the combination removed from the starter switch switch in direction of arrow Q The hazard warning flasher comes on The high beam headlamp indicator lamp automatically when an air bag deploys D in the instrument cluster comes on gt Switching off Pull the combination switch in direction of arrow 2 to its original position High beam flasher gt Switching on Pull the combination switch briefly in direction of arrow 2 Controls in detail A P64 25 7786 91 Turn signals 7 gt Switching on Press hazard warning flasher switch All turn signal lamps are flashing With the hazard warning flasher activated and the combination switch set for either left or right turn only the respective left or right turn signals will operate when the ignition is switched on gt Switching off Press hazard warning flasher switch again gt Press the combination switch in direction If the hazard warning flasher has been of arrow Mor activated automatically press hazard The corresponding turn signal indicator warning flasher switch Q to switch it off lamp or in the instrument cluster flashes The combination switch resets automatically after major steering wheel movements To signal minor directional changes such as changing
302. on are adjusted automatically AUTO gt Deactivating Press button auto again The indicator lamp in the button goes out Automatic control of air volume and air distribution are switched off Setting temperature You can adjust the air temperature on each side of the passenger compartment You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small increments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C DD Controls in detail A 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Climate control system gt Increasing decreasing Turn temperature control 2 and or gt page 119 slightly clockwise or counterclockwise If you turn the temperature control fully clockwise or counterclockwise for one side of the vehicle you are increasing or decreasing the temperature for the other side of the vehicle as well A Warning When operating the climate control the air that enters the passenger compartment through the air vents can be very hot or very cold depending on the set temperature This may cause burns or frostbite to unprotected skin in the immediate area of the air vents Always keep sufficient distance between unprotected parts of the body and the air vents If necessary use the air distribution adjustment to direct the air to air vents in the vehicle interior that are not in the immediate area of unprotected skin For best possible performance of the climate control
303. on on filling up the washer reservoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 153 For information on cleaning the headlamps with washer fluid see Headlamp cleaning system gt page 75 Rear window wiper washer The rear window wiper engages automatically when the automatic transmission is shifted into reverse gear R with the windshield wipers switched on 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 81 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Power windows gt Switch on the ignition gt an intermittent wiping Press Opening and closing switc 3 gt gt Indicator lamp comes on The door windows are opened and closed electrically The switches for all door windows are located on the driver s door control panel switch Q again The swi a e switches for the respective door windows Indicator lamp goes out are located on the front passenger door and gt Wiping with washer fluid Press and hold on the rear doors switch G The rear window is wiped for another 5 seconds after switch 8 is released Deactivating intermittent wiping Press Li Operating the rear door windows from the rear is not possible when you activate 2 Br the override switch gt page 49 For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Washer system and headlamp Observe Safety notes see page 44 cleaning system gt page 153 A Warning When c
304. onse Center specialist will attempt to establish voice contact with the vehicle occupants If the tailgate lock was pressed for more than 20 seconds before door unlock authorization was received by the Response Center you must wait 15 minutes before pressing the tailgate lock again Stolen Vehicle Recovery services In the event your vehicle was stolen gt Report the incident to the police The police will issue a numbered incident report gt Pass this number on to the Response Center along with your password The Response Center will then attempt to covertly contact the vehicle s Tele Aid system Once the vehicle is located the Response Center will contact the local law enforcement and you The vehicle s location will only be provided to law enforcement if the anti theft alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds the Tele Aid system initiates a call to the Response Center automatically The Tele Aid system will initiate the call provided that e you have subscribed to the Tele Aid service e the Tele Aid service has been activated properly e the necessary mobile phone power supply and GPS coverage are available Garage door opener The integrated remote control can operate up to three separately controlled devices compatible with HomeLink or some other systems 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 140 Version 2 11 7 1 N Warning Before programming the integrated remote control to a garage doo
305. ontact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information on availability With the special child seat installed properly the front passenger front air bag will not deploy The 3 indicator lamp 1 will be illuminated except with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or with the starter switch in position 0 The system does not deactivate the window curtain air bag and the Emergency Tensioning Device ETD Self test BabySmart without special child seat installed After turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 the Be irssam indicator lamp comes on for approximately 6 seconds and then goes out If the 3 ksm indicator lamp should not come on or is continuously lit the system is not functioning You must see an authorized Mercedes Benz Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat More information can be found in the Practical hints section gt page 220 N Warning Do not place powered on laptops mobile phones electronic tags such as those used in ski passes and like electronic devices on the front passenger seat Signals from such 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 38 Version 2 11 7 1 devices may interfere with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system Such signal interference may cause the 3 pesa indicator lamp not to come on during self test or be continuously lit indicating that the system is
306. onvenience closing feature When locking the vehicle you can simultaneously close the windows and the tilt sliding sunroof A Warning When closing the windows and the tilt sliding sunroof make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure If potential danger exists proceed as follows e Release button to stop the closing procedure To open press and hold button u To continue the closing procedure after making sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure press and hold button The SmartKey must be in close proximity to the driver s outside door handle gt Aim transmitter eye of the SmartKey at the driver s outside door handle gt Press and hold button on the SmartKey until the windows and the tilt sliding sunroof are completely closed Release button on the SmartKey to interrupt the closing procedure Driving and parking N Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obstacles If there are any floormats or 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe carpets in the footwell make sure the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to
307. ook 2 is attached the child restraint itself can be secured gt Install the child restraint system and tighten the top tether strap according to the child restraint manufacturer s instructions A Warning Only use the described top tether anchorage rings for the respective child seat Other lashing eyelets could tear in case of an accident Make sure the top tether straps are not crossed or twisted and the hook is attached and closed properly Child seat anchors LATCH type A Observe Safety notes see page 44 A Warning Children too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ib 18 kg until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster Install child seat according to manufacturer s instructions The child seat must be firmly attached to the right and left side anchors An incorrectly mounted child seat may come loose during an accident which could result in serious injury or death to the child Damaged or impact damaged child seats or child seat mounting fittings must be replaced This vehicle is equipped with two LATCH type anchors at each of the rear outer seats for the installation of a LATCH type child seat with matching mounting fittings 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 48
308. oose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when road weather and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a mobile telephone while driving a vehicle Only operate the audio system or COMAND Cockpit Management and Data System if road weather and traffic conditions permit Otherwise you may not be able to observe traffic conditions and could endanger yourself and others Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second Emission control Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within permissible limits required by law These systems will function properly only when maintained strictly according to factory 9 Observe all legal requirements 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 185 Version 2 11 7 1 WNEIDIGHE ITS specifications Any adjustments on the engine should therefore be carried out only by qualified Mercedes Benz Center authorized technicians Engine adjustments should not be altered in any way Moreover the specified service procedures must be carried out regularly according to Mercedes Benz servicing requirements For details refer to the Maintenance Booklet A Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide
309. or lamps and check for possible damage e Clean the front and rear license plate e Remove excessive dirt from tires wheels wheel housings and underbody For instance after driving in mud clean the radiator chassis engine brakes and wheels from extreme dirt using a strong jet of water e Check tires for possible damage e Inspect vehicle underbody oil pan brake hoses etc as well as vehicle underbody for possible damage e Check for brush or branches caught in the underbody H Brush or branches could increase the possibility of a fire as well as cut fuel and or brake lines puncture rubber bellows of the axles or drive shafts e After continued operation in mud sand water or other dirty conditions clean the brake discs wheels brake pads and check and clean axle joints e Conduct a brake test 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Driving abroad If you plan to drive the vehicle outside the U S or Canada you should request dealer network information for your destination from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Control and operation of radio transmitters Safety notes N Warning Please do not forget that your primary responsibility isto drive the vehicle A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a telephone call If you ch
310. original equipment tires Tire and Loading Information placard on your vehicle oo 2 The certification label also found on the driver s door B pillar It tells you about the 5 gross weight capacity of your vehicle illustration purposes only Load limit data called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating are specific to each vehicle and may vary GVWR The GVWR includes the weight from data shown in the following of the vehicle all occupants fuel and illustration Refer to Tire and Loading cargo The certification label also tells Information placard on vehicle for actual you about the front and rear axle weight data specific to your vehicle capacity called the Gross Axle Weight Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for Operation Rating GAWR The GAWR is the total allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front Be ne u aera or rear Never exceed the GVWR or GAWR for either the front axle or rear axle La poda Ws hee acapan st de maraha lm so Gut jaa h dipara EOD tg oa HEX I OSTATE 420074 ora On FEOT P40 00 2131 31 The Tire and Loading Information placard showing load limit information 1 is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 161 gt Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs on the Tire and Loading Information Driver s door B pillar placard Followin
311. ossible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see Children in the vehicle A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Z Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident Seat adjustment H When moving the seats make sure e there are no items in the footwell or behind the seat e the cup holder next to the armrest is removed e the cup holder in the front passenger footwell is folded closed Otherwise you could damage the seats Power seats The memory function gt page 70 lets you store the settings for the seat position together with the settings for the steering wheel and the exterior rear view mirrors
312. ownshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control H Do not run a cold engine at high engine speeds Running a cold engine at high engine speeds may shorten the service life of the engine This is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H If an acoustic warning sounds and the message Release Parking Brake appears in the multifunction display when 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 84 Version 2 11 7 1 driving off you have forgotten to release the parking brake Release the parking brake H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Simultaneously depressing the accelerator pedal and applying the brakes reduces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Once the vehicle is in motion the automatic central locking system engages and the locking knobs in the doors move down The automatic door lock feature can be deactivated gt page 108 Automatic transmission A Warning It is dangerous to shift the automatic transmission out of park position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate q
313. place the SmartKey in the cargo N Warning compartment Make sure the tailgate is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among Opening the tailgate from the inside other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death Z Warning The tailgate swings open to one side Always make sure there is sufficient clearance for the tailgate Make sure the tailgate is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death Controls in detail gt Pull on inside door handle 2 If the door was locked Opening the tailgate from the outside Pull up locking knob gt Pull on inside door handle 2 Separately locking and unlocking the tailgate To deny any unauthorized person access to the tailgate lock it separately with the mechanical key gt Unlock the vehicle gt page 58 gt Press lock cylinder and pull on handle gt Open the tailgate to the side Closing the tailgate from the outside A Observe Safety notes see page 44 gt Locking Close the tailgate A Warning gt Remove the mechanical key from the To prevent possible personal injury always SmartKey gt page 221 keep hands and fingers away from the cargo compartment opening when closing the tailgate Be especially careful when
314. properly use a BabySmart child restraint which will turn off the front passenger front air bag To help avoid the possibility of injury please follow these guidelines 1 Always sit as upright as possible properly use the seat belts and for children 12 years old and under use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child 2 Always wear seat belts properly Air bags are designed to deploy only in certain frontal impacts front air bags and in side impacts window curtain air bags which 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 34 Version 2 11 7 1 exceed preset deployment thresholds Only in the event of such a situation will they provide their supplemental protection The driver and passengers should always wear their seat belts Otherwise it is not possible for the air bags to provide their supplemental protection In case of other types of impacts and impacts below air bag deployment thresholds air bags will not deploy The driver and passengers will then be protected to the extent possible by a properly fastened seat belt A properly fastened seat belt is also needed to provide the best possible protection in a rollover Air bags are not a substitute for seat belts Always wear your seat belt regardless of whether or not your vehicle is equipped with air bags It is important to your safety and that of your passengers that you replac
315. pushing and pulling on the seat backrests If a seat backrest is not locked properly the seat backrest could fold The child seat would no longer be supported properly or positioned to provide its intended benefit That could cause serious or even fatal injuries 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 47 Version 2 11 7 1 Occupant safety This vehicle is equipped with tether anchorages for a top tether strap at each of the rear seating positions The anchorage rings are located on the floor behind each rear seat Top tether straps enable an additional connection to be made between child restraint systems secured with LATCH type anchors and rear seats This can further reduce the risk of injury gt Remove the cargo compartment cover blind if installed gt page 129 Guide the top tether strap between head restraint and top of the seat backrest The head restraint must be installed and positioned such that the top tether strap can pass freely between the head restraint and top of the seat backrest gt Make sure the top tether strap is not twisted gt Fold up anchorage ring gt Securely fasten hook 2 which is part of top tether strap to anchorage ring D P91 40 2098 31 Safety and security u 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security Occupant safety gt For safety make sure hook 2 is attached to anchorage ring 1 beyond the safety catch as illustrated Once h
316. r conditioning The interior air will then no longer be cooled or dehumidified gt Press button 4 The indicator lamp in the button goes out The cooling function switches off after a short delay Activating Moist air can fog up the windows You can dehumidify the interior air with the air conditioning gt Press button 4 The indicator lamp in the button comes on Climate control system The air conditioning uses the refrigerant R134a This refrigerant is free of CFCs which are harmful to the ozone layer H If the air conditioning cannot be activated again this indicates that the air conditioning is losing refrigerant The compressor has turned off Have the air conditioning checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Automatic mode When operating the climate control system in automatic mode the interior air temperature air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically In automatic mode cooling with dehumidification is switched on This function can be switched off if necessary A Warning If you switch off the cooling function the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others gt Set the desired temperature gt page 121 gt Activating Press button The indicator lamp in the button comes on The air volume and air distributi
317. r non approved fuel do not 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 147 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 At the gas station switch on the ignition Otherwise the incorrect or non approved fuel will get into the fuel lines The fuel system must be drained completely Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to have the fuel system drained completely H To prevent damage to the catalytic converters only use premium unleaded gasoline in this vehicle 7 Any noticeable irregularities in engine operation should be repaired promptly gt Turn off the engine Otherwise excessive unburned fuel may e reach the catalytic converter causing it to Leaving the engine running and the fuel Operation qj overheat and potentially start a fire filler cap open can cause the yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp to flash and the Onlyuse premium unleaded gasoline with malfunction indicator lamp sans USA a minimum Posted Octane Rating of 91 only or 4 Canada only to illuminate average of 96 RON 86 MON For more information see also Practical Information on gasoline quality can hints gt page 218 normally be found on the fuel pump Please contact gas station personnel in case gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter labels on the pump cannot be found switch For more information on gasoline see gt Opening Press fuel filler flap at the Premium unleaded gaso
318. r opener or gate operator make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage When programming a garage door opener the door moves up or down When programming a gate operator the gate opens or closes Do not use the integrated remote control with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards When programming a garage door opener park vehicle outside the garage Do not run the engine while programming the integrated remote control Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death A hehe DISS TINTE SAAANA AAAA A ASSAN P68 05 2180 21 Interior rear view mirror with integrated remote control Hand held remote control is not part of the vehicle equipment 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 141 Version 2 11 7 1 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Programming the integrated remote control gt Step 1 Switch on the ignition gt Step 2 If you have previously programmed a signal transmitter button and wish to retain its programming proceed to step 3 or gt If you are p
319. r switch position O or 1 an alarm will sound if the transfer case is in Neutral and the driver s door is opened Switch the transfer case to gear position HIGH or LOW Differential locks Differential locks improve the vehicle s tractive power off road Switch differential locks e for off road driving e to switch the ABS off during off road driving for driving through water e when driving on deep snow and icy or fouled surfaces H Do not switch the front axle differential lock when driving around tight corners This restricts steering ability H When driving off road apply only moderate pressure to the accelerator pedal if the differential locks are switched on When operating the vehicle on a single axle dynamometer no matter how briefly you must e raise the axle not being driven or e disconnect the drive shaft and e switch the transfer case differential lock Otherwise the transfer case can be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty N Warning Never drive on pavement with differential locks switched Steering control will be strongly affected with the differential locks activated Differential locks The ABS BAS and ESP are switched off automatically when the transfer case differential lock is activated For more information on off road driving see Off road driving gt page 179 A few words about differentials and differential locks When a
320. r than the seat backrests load the vehicle according to the illustration shown The heaviest items are to be placed Never drive a vehicle with the tailgate open towards the front of the vehicle Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in The cargo compartment is the preferred unconsciousness and death place to carry objects The expanded cargo volume gt page 128 should only be used Load distribution for items which do not fit in the cargo compartment alone Please pay attention to and comply with the following instructions when loading the vehicle and transporting cargo Controls in detail e Always pad off sharp edges e Always place items being carried against front or rear seat backrests and fasten them as securely as possible e The heaviest portion of the cargo should always be kept as low as possible against The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW which is the front or rear seat backrests weight of the vehicle including e fuel P97 00 2005 31 e tools e spare wheel ART e installed accessories e passengers e luggage cargo It must never exceed the load limit and the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR for your vehicle The load limit and the GVWR are For additional safety when transporting cargo specified on the placard located on the while the rear seats are unoccupied fasten driver s door B pillar gt page 246 the outer seat belts crosswise into the I
321. r tire inflation pressure For information on wheel change see Flat tire gt page 232 Besides tire name sales designation and manufacturer name a number of markings can be found on a tire Following are some explanations for the markings on your vehicle s tires P40 10 5339 31 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards gt page 166 DOT Tire Identification Number gt page 171 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 168 Version 2 11 7 1 Maximum tire load gt page 164 Maximum tire inflation pressure gt page 160 Manufacturer Tire ply material gt page 172 Tire size designation load and speed rating gt page 168 Load identification gt page 171 Tire name For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration For more information see Rims and tires gt page 250 Tire size designation load and speed rating Tire width Aspect ratio in Radial tire code Rim diameter Tire load rating Tire speed rating For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration General Depending on the design standards used the tire size molded into the sidewall may have no letter or a letter preceding the tire size designation 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 169 Version 2 11
322. ransmission position indicator 88 Transmission positions 88 Unlocking in an emergency Generator see Alternator Global locking unlocking see Key SmartKey Glove box rennen Gross Axle Weight Rating see GAWR Gross Trailer Weight see GTW Gross Vehicle Weight see GVW Gross Vehicle Weight Rating see GVWR GVW Gross Vehicle Weight GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Hard plastic trim items cleaning 191 Hazard warning flasher 75 Headlamp cleaning system 75 Headlamps Automatic headlamp mode 73 BiEXGMOM yee c25ts0 sactacasacedsbensacsesctesses 226 Cleaning lenses 224 190 Cleaning SyStem ccssseesscceses gt 75 Daytime running lamp mode 73 Delayed shut off uuneeeseeesnneeennen 107 High beam flashev sesccessceess 75 High beam headlamps 75 Low beam headlamps 72 Replacing bulbs 20 244402 0 226 SWIEEN ei 72 Headliner cleaning and care of 192 Head restraints 62 Folding back 64 Rear seat removing and installing 64 Heated seats 66 Heated steering wheel 69 Height adjustment Seat belt outlet sisri 42 SOMES TTT 63 High beam flasher 75 High beam headlamps 75 226 Replacing DUIDS
323. rcedes Benz Center gt Report the loss of the SmartKey or the mechanical key to your car insurance company immediately gt Have the mechanical lock replaced if necessary Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to supply you with a replacement Opening the doors from the inside You can open a locked door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so DD Controls in detail Fl 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Example illustration driver s door Ifthe vehicle has previously been locked with the SmartKey opening a door or the tailgate from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm see gt page 55 gt Front doors Pull on inside door handle 2 on the respective front door If the door was locked locking knob Q will move up gt Rear doors Pull up locking knob on the respective rear door to unlock door gt Pull on the inside door handle on the respective rear door central locking The doors and the tailgate lock automatically when the vehicle is set into motion You can open a locked door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so The doors and the tailgate are designed to unlock automatically after an accident if the force of the impact exceeds a preset threshold The vehicle locks automatically when the ignition is switched on an
324. rcedes Benz Center and have the system checked immediately There is a malfunction in the Supplemental Restraint Systems SRS The air bags or the Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs could deploy unexpectedly or fail to activate in an accident gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center and have the system checked immediately In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury Driving systems Display messages AAS Service Required Cruise Inoperativ Cont And e SPEEDTRONI G Possible causes consequences and Solutions On inclines the vehicle may start to roll down upon releasing the accelerator pedal gt Continue driving with added caution Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident The cruise control is malfunctioning Have the cruise control checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints 5 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 200 d2ureepe Ve
325. rcedes Benz Center correct it Only reset if the proper maintenance service has been performed Resetting the system without performing the proper maintenance service as called for by the maintenance service indicator will result in engine damage and or other vehicle 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 187 Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle care damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Vehicle care Cleaning and care of the vehicle Notes Regular and proper care will help to maintain the value of your vehicle A Warning Many cleaning products can be hazardous Some are poisonous others are flammable Always follow the instructions on the particular container Always open your vehicle s doors or windows when cleaning the inside Never use fluids or solvents that are not designed for cleaning your vehicle Always lock away cleaning products and keep them out of reach of children H When cleaning the vehicle do not use scouring agents Never apply strong force and only use a soft wet cloth or sponge Otherwise you may scratch or damage the surface to be cleaned While in operation even while parked your vehicle is subjected to varying external influences which if gone unchecked can attack the paintwork as well as the vehicle underbody and cause lasting damage Such damage is caused not only by extreme and varying climatic conditions but also by e Air pollution e Road salt e Tar e Gravel
326. re available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center In addition you will receive comprehensive information on permissible technical modifications and expert installations Operator s Manual Notes This Operator s Manual contains a great deal of useful information We urge you to read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own Safety and longer service life of the vehicle we urge you to follow the instructions and warnings contained in this Operator s Manual Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by failure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty We continuously strive to improve our product and ask for your understanding that we reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore information illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Vehicle equipment Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual Therefore you may find explanations for optional equipment not installed in your vehicle If you have any questions about operating any equipment any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to demonstrate the proper procedures Optional equipment is also described in this manual including operating instructions wherever necessary Since they are special order items th
327. rectly under the axle housing The jack must always be vertical when in use especially on inclines or declines The jack is intended only for lifting the vehicle briefly for wheel changes It is not suited for performing maintenance work under the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jackstands before working under the vehicle Always firmly engage the parking brake and block the wheels with wheel chocks or other sizeable objects before raising the vehicle with the jack Do not disengage the parking brake while the vehicle is raised Make sure that the ground on which the vehicle is standing and where you place the DD Practical hints 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints A jack is solid level and not slippery If necessary use a large underlay On slippery surfaces such as tiled floors you should use anon slip underlay forexample arubber mat Do not use wooden blocks or similar objects to support the jack Otherwise the jack may not be able to achieve its load bearing capacity if it is not at its full height Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised Also observe the notes on the jack gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by blocking wheels
328. reepe Operation il Tires and wheels Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle You can obtain the GVWR and GAWR from the certification label The certification label can be found on the driver s door B pillar see the Technical data section gt page 246 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The total weight of the vehicle all occupants all cargo and the trailer tongue load if applicable must never exceed the GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The total allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear To assure that your vehicle does not exceed the maximum permissible weight limits GVWR and GAWR for front and rear axle have the loaded vehicle including driver passengers and all cargo and if applicable trailer fully loaded weighed on a suitable commercial scale Trailer tongue load The tongue load of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the load you can Carry in your vehicle If a trailer is towed the tongue load must be added to the weight of all occupants riding and any cargo you are carrying in the vehicle The tongue load typically is 10 of the trailer weight and everything loaded in it If an approved Mercedes Benz trailer hitch is available for your G Class vehicle model consult the instructions included in the trailer hitch kit for vehicle towing capacity permissible gross trailer weight
329. result in an accident Fog lamps will operate with the parking lamps and or the low beam headlamps on Fog lamps should only be used in conjunction with low beam headlamps Consult your State or 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 74 Version 2 11 7 1 Province Motor Vehicle Regulations regarding permissible lamp operation gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position soa or D gt page 72 gt Switching on front fog lamps Pull out the exterior lamp switch to first stop The green indicator lamp in the exterior lamp switch comes on gt Switching on rear fog lamp Pull out the exterior lamp switch to second stop The rear fog lamp the front fog lamps and the yellow indicator lamp o in the exterior lamp switch come on gt Switching off front fog lamps rear fog lamp Push in the exterior lamp switch to its stop Locator lighting and night security illumination Locator lighting and night security illumination are described in the Control system section see Setting locator lighting gt page 106 and Setting night security illumination Headlamps delayed shut off feature gt page 107 Combination switch 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 75 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Lighting High beam gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to positi
330. returning to drive on paved roads see A few words about differentials and differential locks For a full view illustration of the instrument cluster see Instrument cluster gt page 26 A Warning No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction display is inoperative As a result you will not be able to see information about your driving conditions such as e speed e outside temperature e warning indicator lamps e malfunction warning messages e failure of any systems Driving characteristics may be impaired If you must continue to drive please do so with added caution Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Reset button Controls in detail 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail For information on changing the instrument cluster settings e g the language see gt page 104 Activating the instrument cluster The instrument cluster is activated when you e open the driver s door e switch on the ignition e press reset button 1 e switch on the exterior lamps Adjusting the instrument cluster illumination Use reset button Q to adjust the illumination brightness for the instrument cluster and the switches on the center console gt To brighten illumination Turn reset button Q clockwise until the desired level of illumination is reached gt To dim illumination Turn reset button Q
331. rges may apply Refer to the Roadside Assistance manual for more information Sign and Drive services USA only Services such as a jump start a few gallons of fuel or the replacement of a flat tire with the vehicle spare tire are obtainable at no charge If the indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button Q is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate a Roadside Assistance call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display eA on gt Terminating calls Press button the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system Information button Open the storage tray gt page 131 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 138 Version 2 11 7 1 gt Press and hold Information button 1 for longer than 2 seconds A call to the Customer Assistance Center will be initiated The indicator lamp in Information button Q will flash while the call is in progress The message Connecting Call will appear in the multifunction display and the COMAND system is muted When the connection is established the message Call Connected appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and location subject to
332. riien 175 Snow tires see Winter tires Spare wheel u 2 cere 195 250 Mounting 233 Sport Utility Vehicle see SUV 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Indicator lamp Messages in the multifunction ro UES 0 ke WY epee seer pe eer rer eee 199 Standing water driving through 179 Starter switch positions 62 Starting difficulties engine 83 Starting the engine 83 Steering column see Multifunction steering wheel Adjusting Steering wheel see Multifunction steering wheel Stolen Vehicle Recovery services 140 Storage compartments Storing tires eee ees Stranded vehicle Sunroof see Power tilt sliding sunroof SUN VSOT Sier tee 132 SUV Sport Utility Vehicle 20 Tachometer uen 26 96 Overspeed range s scccssseoseseeesses 96 Tailgate 16 01 11 1 SEPPRSPPCPEITERSTERPESPERSERREEPRFECETEEFEIRER 61 Messages in the multifunction displi Viccen aa a 204 Opening 61 Tail lamp Snor 226 Cleaning lenses 190 Messages in the multifunction diS playonan 211 Replacing bulbs uuer 226 Tar stains nisten e Steens 188 Technical data Air conditioning refrigerant dis Brake PU isscicceisscdssscsdessacsaccnssnavesse Capacities fuels coolants lubricants et Engine oil additives Engine OlSz scseccsossecssnscesasessucces Pr Fuel requirements Gasoline additives Identifica
333. riving E conditions while driving the number of gt Press button H or CP repeatedly until messages will reappear in the multifunction the Settings menu appears in the display when the SmartKey in the starter multifunction display 5 switch is turned to position 0 or removed from the starter switch Settings 8 Except for high priority messages the vehicle status message memory will be cleared when you switch off the ignition To reset Press reset button for 3 secs Settings menu Introduction In the Settings menu there are two Po ees functions The function To reset Press reset button for 3 secs with which you can reset all the settings to the original factory settings and a collection of submenus with which you can make individual settings for your vehicle The following settings and submenus are available in the Settings menu gt Press the reset button in the instrument cluster gt page 95 for approximately 3 seconds The request to press the reset button once more to confirm appears in the multifunction display e Resetting to factory settings Settings s s the Setti n u a e Settings menu to Factory settings e Instrument cluster submenu Press reset gt page 104 button e Lighting submenu gt page 106 to confirm e Vehicle submenu gt page 108 Fes ees e Convenience submenu gt page 108 gt Press the reset button once more The functions of all the submenus will be r
334. riving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid to the driver The driver is responsible for the Canada only operation of the vehicle s lights at all times e Parking lamps e Side marker lamps With the daytime running lamp mode activated and the engine running you cannot switch off the low beam headlamps manually With the exterior lamp switch in position 0 or auto you cannot switch on the high beam headlamps gt Switching on Turn the exterior lamp switch to position auro The high beam flasher is available at all times The following lamps come on and go out depending on the brightness of the ambient For nighttime driving turn the exterior lamp light with the SmartKey in starter switch switch to position 2D to permit activation position 1 of the high beam headlamps When the engine is running and you e tail lamps shift from a driving position to neutral parking lamps position N or park position P with the e license plate lamps vehicle at a standstill the low beam e side marker lamps headlamps will go out with a delay of 3 minutes When the engine is running the low beam i i A headlamps will also come on and turn off e turn the exterior lamp switch to position automatically 300 the low beam headlamps the tail 463_AKB 2 52 en US
335. rogramming the integrated remote control for the first time press and hold the two outer signal transmitter buttons 2 and and release them when indicator lamp 1 begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds Do not hold the button for longer than 30 seconds This procedure erases any previous settings for all three channels and initializes the memory If you later wish to program a second and or third hand held transmitter to the remaining two signal transmitter buttons do not repeat this step and begin directly with step 3 gt Step 3 Hold the end of hand held remote control 5 of the device you wish to train approximately 2 to 12 in 5 to 30 cm away from the signal transmitter button or 9 to be programmed while keeping indicator lamp in view gt Step 4 Using both hands simultaneously press hand held remote control button and the desired signal transmitter button or Do not release the buttons until step 5 is completed Indicator lamp will flash first slowly and then rapidly Indicator lamp flashes immediately the first time the signal transmitter button is programmed If this button has already been programmed the indicator lamp will start flashing after 20 seconds gt Step 5 After indicator lamp Q changes from a slow to a rapidly flashing light Useful features release the hand held remote control button and the signal transmitter button gt Step 6 Press and hold
336. rsion 2 11 7 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Tires Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Tire after The tire inflation pressure is being checked pressure driving gt Drive the vehicle for a few minutes displayed for a few only minutes Tre Inoperativ The Advanced TPMS is malfunctioning Pres e gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized u Monitor Mercedes Benz Center ia Tire No Wheel There are wheels without appropriate wheel sensors mounted Pres Sensors e g winter tires Monitor gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized 5 Inoperativ Mercedes Benz Center oO e gt Have the appropriate wheel sensors installed at an D authorized Mercedes Benz Center a Whee Missing One or more sensors are defect e g battery is empty Sensor The respective tire is indicated by instead of the tire inflation pressure in the multifunction display gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the wheel sensors installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center One or more wheels without appropriate wheel sensors mounted e g spare tire The respective tire is indicated by instead of the tire inflation pressure in the multifunction display gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the wheel sensors installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Tire Currently The Advanced TPMS
337. rvice due is indicated in the multifunction display Basic service A A AA Extended service B Refer to Maintenance Booklet for a listing of maintenance services and intervals they need to be performed at Clearing the maintenance service indicator message The maintenance service indicator message is cleared automatically e after approximately 10 seconds when you switch on the ignition e after approximately 10 seconds when reaching the service threshold while driving e after approximately 30 seconds once the suggested maintenance service term has passed gt Clearing the maintenance service indicator message manually Press reset button 1 on the instrument cluster The standard display appears in the multifunction display Maintenance service term exceeded If you have exceeded the suggested maintenance service term you will see the following message in the multifunction display Service A Exceeded By XXXXX Miles Km In addition a signal sounds when the message appears Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the maintenance service indicator following a completed maintenance service The menu overview can be found on gt page 99 You can call up the maintenance service indicator display at any time to check when the next maintenance service is due gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button or ZF on the multifunction steering wheel repeated
338. rward gt Adjust front seats to desired position gt Returning rear seat bench to original position Fold the rear seat bench together with the rear seat backrest rearward until it locks into place gt Install the middle rear seat head restraint gt page 65 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Loading and storing P g 50 250 gt Removing Roll up cargo compartment cover blind gt Open latch on the right and left side of cargo compartment cover blind in direction of the arrow gt Pull cargo compartment cover blind 8 out upwards gt Installing Open latch on the right and left side gt Place cargo compartment cover blind into recesses gt Press the right and left side of cargo compartment cover blind 3 down until it locks into place gt Close latch 2 on the right and left side gt Make sure the blind is securely fastened A Warning To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when storing objects in the vehicle Put luggage or cargo in the cargo compartment if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backrests Parcel nets cannot secure hard or heavy objects 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 130 Version 2 11 7 1 Keep compartment lids closed This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during e braking e vehicle maneuvers
339. scecdetses scicessedazscesaaseseeeses 156 Important notes ON esse eee 155 Placard on driver s door B pillar 161 Tire labeling ee eesseeeseeeeneeeees 168 Tire load rating eeeeeetee eee 174 Tire ply composition and material WSC0 EEEE E 174 A E 154 250 Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS oare aen eE AAE 157 Advanced TPMS low tire pressure malfunction telltale USA only 219 Advanced TPMS low tire pressure telltale Canada only Air PRESSUPC iiss scse cs hessgacesvcacdecsesxdee Care and maintenance 165 CIC ANIM Se sevevicde cist Reese 166 Direction of rotation spinning 164 Important notes on tire inflation PROSSUNC vaccccctcescosssensvstececacdesoessceencs 155 Inflation pressure 156 157 Information placard 161 Inspection s2 0 00ss0042200 165 Labeling 0s 00 168 Load rating 0 00 20 174 Messages in the multifunction display cssresseesre 200 212 Ply composition and material used 174 Problems under overinflation 156 Retredad Serino nan 154 Rims and tires technical data 250 Rotationen na SEVICE E neenak SIZES nennen Terminology Tire Identification Number 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 15 Version 2 11 7 1 Treadwear indicators 165 174 Vehicle maximum load on Wear Pattern Winter tiresS aeseseesesensneneeennn 175
340. se called for by the Maintenance System will result in engine or gt If the engine is not at operating temperature yet you must wait 30 minutes before checking oil a emission control system damage not If you see the message covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Engine 011 Warranty Level Not With Engine On gt Turn off the engine gt If the engine is at operating temperature wait 5 minutes before checking oil gt If the engine is not at operating temperature yet you must wait 30 minutes before checking oil If there is excess engine oil with the engine at normal operating temperature the following message appears in the multifunction display Engine 0il Reduce 071 Level Have excess oil siphoned or drained off Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the engine and emission control system not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty G 55 AMG P18 40 224531 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Operation Ki Engine compartment gt Unscrew filler cap from filler neck gt Add engine oil as required Be careful not to overfill with oil Be careful not to spill any oil when adding Avoid environmental damage caused by oil entering the ground or water H Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the engine and emission control system not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warr
341. se you could endanger persons or the environment Capacities Keep service fluids out of the reach of Vehicle components and their respective children lubricants must match Therefore only use products tested and approved by Mercedes Benz For information on tested and approved products contact an authorized Mercedes For health reasons you should prevent service fluids from coming into direct contact with your skin or clothing If a service fluid is swallowed contact a physician immediately Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only A Warning Comply with all valid regulations with respect to handling storing and disposing of service E Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Engine with oil G 550 9 5 US qt 9 0 Approved engine S filte oils or G55 AMG 9 0 US at 8 5 Automatic G 550 9 5 US qt 9 0 1 MB Automatic t issi T ission Fluid ransmission G55 AMG 9 0 US at 8 5 ransmission Flui Front axle G 550 1 5 US gt 1 4 Hypoid Gear Oil SAE 85W 90 G 55 AMG Hypoid Gear Oil Castrol SAF X Rear axle G 550 1 9 US gt 1 8 Hypoid Gear Oil SAE 85W 90 G 55 AMG Hypoid Gear Oil Castrol SAF XJ Transfer case All models 2 96 US at 2 8 MB part no A 001 989 28 03 10 Differential All models 0 47 0 63 US gt Brake fluid lock 0 45 0 6 DOT 3 4 mechanism SAE J 1703 Power steering All models approx 1 06 US qt 1 01 MB Power Steering Fluid or approved Dexron I
342. seconds to initiate the following two steps gt Step 10 Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for 2 seconds and release the DD Controls in detail Fl 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Useful features programmed signal transmitter button O or gt Step 11 Press hold for 2 seconds and release same signal transmitter button a second time to complete the training process Some garage door openers or other rolling code equipped devices may require you to press hold for 2 seconds and release the same signal transmitter button a third time to complete the training process gt Step 12 Confirm the garage door operation by pressing the programmed signal transmitter button or gt Step 13 To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Gate operator Canadian programming Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for the integrated signal transmitter to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or if you are having difficulties programming a gate operator regardless of where you live by using the programming procedures replace step 4 with the following gt Step 4 Press an
343. shield defroster menu 110 switch 124 Canada vehicles The steering wheel in Rearwindow wiper washer this vehicle may vary from steering wheel switch 80 shown However multifunction steering 7 T wheel symbols and feature description Electronic eee apply to Canada vehicles as well Program ESP switch 52 G55 AMG The steering wheel in this ie Differential lock switches 22 vehicle may vary from steering wheel Central unlocking switch 60 shown However multifunction steering Central locking switch 60 wheel symbols and feature description apply to AMG vehicles as well Alarm system indicator lamp 54 Tow away alarm off switch 55 Seat heating switch front passenger side 66 Seat ventilation switch front passenger side 66 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 29 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Center console Function Page Hazard warning flasher switch 7 5 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp 36 COMAND system see separate operating instructions At a glance u Climate control 119 Ashtray 133 Cigarette lighter 134 Seat ventilation switch driver s side 66 Function Page Storage compartment 130 Gear selector lever 87 Transfer case switch 91 Parking brake lever 86 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe At a glance ia Door control panel Overhead control panel Door control panel Cilio Cio Function Tele Aid emergency call
344. should only be tied down on the wheels wheel E iee rangam the transverse link or trailing arm Front towing eyes H When removing drive shaft place M10 nuts on bolts as distance sleeves and tighten using M8 nuts Always install new self locking nuts when reinstalling the drive shaft i _ gt Comply with all towing information gt page 239 Practical hints P00 60 2136 21 Towing eyes In case of engine damage transmission Rear towing eye damage or malfunctions in electrical The rear towing eye is located on the drivers equipment side under the rear bumper gt Move the gear selector lever to neutral position N gt Shift the transfer case to neutral position N In case of transfer case damage or for towing vehicle distances exceeding 30 miles 50 km The propeller shafts to the drive axles must be removed Towing eye In case of front axle damage Raise the front axle when towing The Transporting the vehicle _ propeller shaft between the rear axle and the transfer case must be removed When transporting the vehicle you can use the towing eyes for pulling the vehicle onto a trailer or transporter 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Pil In case of rear axle damage When the rear axle is raised the vehicle can only be towed with a wheel lift or a dolly placed under its front wheels Stranded vehicle Freeing a stranded vehicle on which the wheels
345. sible clean wheels once a week H Do not use oil wax or scouring agents gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care Otherwise you may scratch or damage the a soft bristle brush and a strong spray of surface water for cleaning the light alloy wheels Hard plastic trim items H Only use acid free cleaning materials gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care Acid may cause corrosion or damage the ona soft lint free cloth and apply with light clear coat pressure H The vehicle should not be parked for an extended period of time immediately after COMAND display it has been cleaned This applies especially J You must switch off the COMAND display after the wheel rims have been cleaned and allow it to cool prior to cleaning with wheel rim cleaner Wheel rim cleaners can lead to increased corrosion of the H Do not use any liquids or cleaning agents brake disks and brake pads Non approved These can damage or even destroy the wheel cleaners may also damage the wheel audio display screen paint if the vehicle is not driven after cleaning 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Operation E Vehicle care gt Use a standard microfiber cloth and apply with light pressure Steering wheel and gear selector lever gt Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Carpets gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Carpet and Fabric Care for cleaning the carpets Headliner gt Use a soft
346. side in the cargo compartment behind the side trim panel gt Open the tailgate gt page 61 Practical hints i 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Brush guard 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 224 Version 2 11 7 1 Practical hints gt Remove edge protection 1 in direction of arrow 2 Before removing side trim panel completely the electrical connectors must be disconnected gt Pull off side trim panel in direction of arrow 4 so the electrical connectors are accessible gt Disconnect electrical connectors gt Remove side trim panel 8 completely z P7 10 2032 21 Socket wrench gt Take the tool bag out of its storage compartment gt page 194 gt Take socket wrench 5 out of the tool bag gt Closing raising Turn socket wrench 5 clockwise gt Opening lowering Turn socket wrench counterclockwise gt Connect electrical connectors gt Reinstall side trim panel Shackles in side trim panel 8 must be hooked in side wall 7 gt Reinstall edge protection Q gt Close the tailgate gt Store the tool bag with the vehicle tools in the designated storage compartment Brush guard Pa8 20 2246 31 N Warning The brush guard is designed solely to enhance the appearance of the vehicle and help protect grille and headlights from minor mishaps either on or off road Since the safety characteristics are limited in th
347. sing plugs that do not fit properly can damage the lighter socket With the socket Observe Safety notes see page 44 damaged the lighter may not function properly any longer N Warning Never touch the heating element or sides of the cigarette lighter they are extremely hot Hold the knob only Make sure that any children traveling with you do not injure themselves or start a fire with the hot cigarette lighter When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with Power outlet in front passenger access to an unlocked vehicle A child s footwell unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The power outlets can be used to accommodate 12V DC electrical accessories e g auxiliary lamps mobile phone chargers up to a maximum of 15 A 180 W gt Switch on the ignition Controls in detail u If the engine is off and the cigarette lighter is being used extensively the vehicle battery may become discharged Power outlet in rear center console _ gt Switch on the ignition gt Open the ashtray gt page 133 gt Push in cigarette lighter D Cigarette lighter 1 will pop out automatically when hot H The lighter socket can be used to accommodate 12V DC electrical accessories up to a maximum of 180 W 20
348. sing until it locks into place gt Slide mechanical key Q back into the SmartKey Check the operation of the SmartKey Replacing bulbs Safe vehicle operation depends to a large degree on proper exterior lighting and signaling Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely important Have headlamps checked and readjusted at regular intervals and when a bulb has been replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for headlamp adjustment A Warning Bulbs and bulb sockets can be very hot Allow the lamp to cool down before changing a bulb Keep bulbs out of reach of children Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas A bulb can explode if you e touch or move it when hot e drop the bulb e scratch the bulb Wear eye and hand protection Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician Since replacing bulbs is a technically highly demanding process we recommend to have them replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the headlamps or front fog lamps are fogged up on the inside as a result of high humidity driving the vehicle a distance with the lights on should clear up the fogging PS4 00 2739 31 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 227 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Replacing bulbs Front lamps e Always use a clean lint free cloth when
349. sired position A Warning For safety reasons always drive with the rear head restraints in the upright position when the rear seats are occupied Keep the area around head restraints clear of articles e g clothing to not obstruct the folding operation of the head restraints 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe N Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint in such a way that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation With a rear seat occupied make sure to move the respective head restraint up from the lowest non use position and have the occupant adjust the head restraint properly Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints installed when the rear seats are occupied Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident Rear seat head restraint height adjustment 82 31 P54 25 gt Raising Pull head restraint upward to the desired position gt Lowering Push head restraint downward to the desired position 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 65 Version 2 11 7 1 Rear seat head restraints removing and installing P54 26 92 21 Removing Pull out the head restraint with both hands The head restraint s
350. sliding sunroof can be immediately reversed by moving the sunroof switch in direction or In a vehicle rollover occupants not wearing their seat belts or not wearing them properly may be thrown out of the opening Such an opening also presents a potential for injury for occupants wearing their seat belts properly as entire body parts or portions of them may protrude from the passenger compartment Z Observe Safety notes see page 44 The tilt sliding sunroof can be opened or closed manually should an electrical malfunction occur gt page 223 H To avoid damaging the seals do not transport any objects with sharp edges which can stick out of the tilt sliding sunroof Do not open the tilt sliding sunroof if there is snow or ice on the roof as this could result in malfunctions If you cannot open or close the tilt sliding sunroof due to a malfunction contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Please keep in mind that weather conditions can sometimes change rapidly Make sure to close the tilt sliding sunroof when leaving the vehicle If water enters the vehicle interior vehicle electronics could be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty You can also open or close the tilt sliding sunroof using the SmartKey see Summer opening feature gt page 82 and Convenience closing feature gt page 82 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 126 Versi
351. specific to each vehicle and temporarily After driving for a few minutes may vary from data shown in above the air pressure will be shown for the illustration correct position This is the maximum permissible tire inflation ressure 1 for the tire with a spare wheel mounted the system p may still indicate the tire inflation pressure of the removed road wheel for some minutes If this happens keep in mind that the indicated value where the spare wheel Always follow the recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 154 for proper tire inflation 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 161 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Tires and wheels Tire and Loading Information Two labels on your vehicle show how much A Warning weight it may properly carry Do not overload the tires by exceeding the 1 The Tire and Loading Information placard specified load limit as indicated on the Tire can be found on the driver s door and Loading Information placard on the B pillar This placard tells you important driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires information about the number of people can overheat them possibly causing a that can be in the vehicle and the total blowout Overloading the tires can also result weight that can be carried in the vehicle in handling or steering problems or brake It also contains information onthe proper failure size and recommended tire inflation pressures for the
352. splay the image again disengage and reengage reverse gear R gt Switching off Shift the automatic transmission into park position P neutral position N or drive position D or Select another function on the COMAND system 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 119 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Climate control system Climate control system Control panel Climate control Controls in detail P93 30 4664 31 Function Recommendation Notes Air volume control gt page 123 Climate control on Switches on the climate control system gt page 121 off Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 121 control driver s side Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 121 control passenger side Air distribution gt page 123 control Rear window gt page 125 defroster USA only Gg Rear window defroster Canada only DD 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail WE Climate control system Function AC cooling on off Residual heat ventilation interior Air distribution and air volume automatic mode Air recirculation Switches on the air conditioning The indicator lamp in button 4 Only use this function for a short time 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 120 Version 2 11 7 1 Recommendation Notes gt page 121 comes on With the
353. ssure are also increased while driving depending on the driving speed and the tire load DD Operation E 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Operation ia Tires and wheels If you will be driving your vehicle at high speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher where it is legal and conditions allow consult the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap if available on how to adjust the cold tire inflation pressure If you do not adjust the tire inflation pressure excessive heat can build up and result in sudden tire failure If your vehicle is not equipped with the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for proper tire inflation pressure Driving comfort may be reduced when the tire inflation pressure is adjusted to the value for speeds above 100 mph 160 km h as specified on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap Make sure to readjust the tire inflation pressure for normal driving speeds Some vehicles may have supplemental tire inflation pressure information for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition If such information is provided it can be found on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap Potential problems associated with underinflated and overinflated tires Underinflated tires A Warning Follow recomm
354. st be completed To ensure your system is activated and operational please press button to perform the acquaintance call Failure to complete either of these steps may result in a system that is not activated If you have any questions regarding activation please call the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada An emergency call is initiated automatically following an accident in which the Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs or air bags deploy An emergency call can also be initiated manually gt page 137 Once the emergency call is in progress the indicator lamp in the SOS button will begin to flash The message Connecting Call appears in the multifunction display and the COMAND system is muted When the connection is established the message Call Connected appears in the multifunction display All information relevant to the emergency such as the location of the vehicle determined by the GPS satellite location system vehicle model identification number and color are generated A voice connection between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be established automatically soon after the emergency call has been initiated The Response Center will attempt to determine the nature of the emergency more precisely provided they can speak to an occupant of the vehicle If no vehicle occupant responds an ambulance will be sent to the vehicle immediatel
355. status message memory after you have cleared it from the multifunction display Visually check for oil leaks If there are no obvious oil leaks drive to the nearest service Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Engine There is no oil in the engine There is a danger of engine 0il Level damage Stop gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe Turn to do so Engine Off gt Turn off the engine Engage the parking brake gt Add engine oil gt page 151 and check the engine oil level gt page 149 Practical hints Reserve The fuel level has dropped below the reserve mark Fuel gt Refuel at the next gas station Gas cap A loss of pressure has been detected in the fuel system The 1S open fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky gt Check the fuel cap gt page 147 gt If it is not closed properly Close the fuel cap gt If it is closed properly Have the fuel system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center TA Clean There is water in the fuel filter Fuel gt Have the water drained at an authorized Mercedes Benz Filter Center as soon as possible 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 209 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Lamps Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Reverse The right backup lamp is malfunctioning
356. steering maneuvers Z Warning Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked every other week when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires DD Operation a 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Operation a Tires and wheels As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not re
357. still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of control loss Do not engage the transfer case in position LOW when driving on ice or packed snow At speeds below 18 mph 30 km h vehicle steering is adversely affected by the LOW RANGE ABS The most important rule for slippery or icy roads is to drive sensibly and to avoid abrupt acceleration braking and steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control system under such conditions When the vehicle is in danger of skidding shift the automatic transmission to neutral position N Try to keep the vehicle under control by corrective steering action For information on driving with snow chains see Snow chains gt page 175 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 176 Version 2 11 7 1 Road salts and chemicals can adversely affect braking efficiency Increased pedal force may become necessary to produce the normal brake effect Depressing the brake pedal periodically when traveling at length on salt strewn roads can bring road salt impaired braking efficiency back to normal If the vehicle is parked after being driven on salt treated roads the braking efficiency should be tested as soon as possible after driving is resumed A Warning Make sure not to
358. switch come on gt Press seat ventilation switch 1 repeatedly until the desired ventilation level is set gt Switching off Press seat ventilation switch Q repeatedly until all indicator lamps go out If there is insufficient voltage the seat heating switches off automatically Front seat heating PS4 25 7779 31 The red indicator lamps in the switch come on to show which heating level you have selected The seat heating switches from level 3 high to level 2 after approximately 5 minutes The seat heating switches from level 2 to level 1 low after approximately 10 minutes The seat heating switches off automatically from level 1 after approximately 20 minutes gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press seat heating switch 4 Three red indicator lamps in the switch come on gt Continue pressing seat heating switch C until desired seat heating level is reached gt Switching off Press seat heating switch Q repeatedly until all indicator lamps go out 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 67 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Multifunction steering wheel If one or more of the indicator lamps in If one or both of the indicator lamps in the respective seat heating button 1 are seat heating switch are flashing there is flashing there is insufficient voltage available insufficient voltage available since too many since too many electrical consumers are electrical consumers ar
359. t caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury Power assistance N Warning There is no power assistance for the steering and the service brake when the engine is not running Steering and braking requires significantly more effort and you could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident as a result Do not turn off the engine while the vehicle is in motion 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 177 Version 2 11 7 1 Driving instructions Brakes Downhill grades H When driving down long and steep grades relieve the load on the brakes by shifting into a lower gear to use the engine s braking power This helps prevent overheating of the brakes and reduces wear When using the engine s braking power a drive wheel may not spin for an extended period of time e g on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Continuous or hard braking A Warning Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake pads It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effectiveness It may not be possible to stop the vehicle in sufficient time to avoid an accident After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time rather than immediately park so that the air stream will cool
360. t drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 202 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Symbol messages Brake Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Brake The brake pads have reached their wear limit Wear gt Have the brake pads replaced as soon as possible H Brake pad thickness must be visually inspected by a qualified technician at the intervals Fr specified in the Maintenance Booklet 2 Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Release You are driving with the parking brake engaged In addition Parking an acoustic warning sounds USA only Brake 5 Release the parking brake o a Canada only
361. t or previous stored button lt 7 or A briefly station Press button lt 7 or 4 briefly Selecting a track from the track list to select a stored station quick search Press and hold button gt Selecting next or previous station in the VY or ZA station list Press and hold button X gt Jor The current track does not appear during lt gt to select a station Audio AUX mode operation gt Selecting next or previous station in wave band Only if no station list is Operating video DVD available Press and hold button lt 7 or 4 to select a station gt Switch on the COMAND system and select DVD Video Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button or CF repeatedly until the Audio DVD menu appears in the multifunction display You can only store new stations using the corresponding feature on the radio Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions You can also operate the radio in the usual manner Operating audio devices audio media gt Switch on the COMAND system and select the audio device or audio media Refer to 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail u Control system Disc number Current scene to select a gt Press button scene NZ Or Navigation menu The Navigation menu contains the functions needed to operate your navigation system gt Press button
362. t your neck or off your shoulder In a frontal crash your body would move too far forward That would increase the chance of head and neck injuries The seat belt would also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen which could severely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen DD Safety and security u 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security ia Occupant safety Adjust the seat belt so that the shoulder section is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder it should not touch the neck Never pass the shoulder portion of the seat belt under your arm For this purpose you can adjust the height of the seat belt outlet Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen If the lap belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious injuries in a crash Never wear seat belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens keys etc as these might cause injuries Make sure the seat belt is always fitted snugly Take special care of this when wearing loose clothing Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another person or other objects at the same time Seat belts should not be worn twisted Ina crash you would not have the full width of the seat belt to distribute impact forces The twisted seat belt against your body could cause
363. take gt Use plenty of water and rinse the sponge and chamois frequently gt Rinse with clean water and thoroughly dry with a chamois Do not allow cleaning agents to dry on the finish 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 189 Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle care Automatic car wash You can have your vehicle washed in an automatic car wash from the start Brushless car washes are preferable gt To protect the filter system activate the air recirculation mode using button 6 amp 5 on the climate control panel H Do not clean your vehicle in an automatic touchless car wash which uses caustic spray Caustic spray will damage the paint or ornamental moldings If the vehicle is very dirty prewash it before running it through the automatic car wash H Make sure the combination switch is set to wiper setting 0 Otherwise the rain sensor could activate and cause the wipers to move unintentionally This may lead to vehicle damage Due to the width of the vehicle fold in exterior rear view mirrors prior to running the vehicle through an automatic car wash to prevent damage to the mirrors When leaving the automatic car wash make sure the mirrors are folded out After running the vehicle through an automatic car wash wipe any wax off of the windshield and the wiper blade inserts This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noise which can be caused by residual wax on the windshield Ornamental moldings gt
364. talled properly Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to completely eliminate this risk is to never place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in a rear facing child restraint in a backseat If you must install a BabySmart compatible rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat because circumstances require you to do so make sure the 8 kea indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Should the 3 es indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 37 Version 2 11 7 1 Occupant safety installed please check installation Periodically check the 3 is ea indicator lamp while driving to make sure the Zp indicator lamp is illuminated If the 8 ie indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired
365. te the ESP Exceptions gt page 53 Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Pi What to do if Vehicle Problem The yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp in the fuel gauge comes on while driving The yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp in the fuel gauge comes on when the engine is running Engine Problem ec USA only I Canada only The yellow engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on when the engine is running en USA only 4 Canada only The yellow engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on when the engine is running 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 218 Version 2 11 7 1 Possible causes consequences and Solutions The fuel level has gone below the reserve mark gt Refuel at the next gas station The fuel cap is not closed properly gt Close the fuel cap Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There may be a malfunction in e The fuel management system e The ignition system e The emission control system e Systems which affect emissions Such malfunctions may result in excessive emissions values and may switch the engine to limp home emergency operation mode gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A loss of pressure has been detected in the fuel system The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel syste
366. ter can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire The Uniform Tire Quality Grading is a U S Government requirement designed to give drivers consistent and reliable information regarding tire performance Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 166 Version 2 11 7 1 based on three performance factors treadwear Q traction 2 and temperature resistance 3 Although not a Government of Canada requirement all tires made for sale in North America have these grades branded on the sidewall Forillustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear Traction Temperature 200 AA A All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified U S Government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits
367. the systems specified above available If the ABS control unit is malfunctioning other systems such as the navigation system or the automatic transmission may also be malfunctioning gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 196 gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident The ABS has switched off due to insufficient power supply The battery might not be charged sufficiently When the voltage is above the required value again the ABS is operational again and the ABS indicator lamp should go out gt If the ABS indicator lamp does not go out Have the alternator and the battery checked gt If necessary have the alternator and battery checked You have engaged the differential locks The ABS the BAS the EBB the ESP and the 4 ETS are switched off gt The driving systems will switch on again after the differential locks have been disengaged 463_AKB d2ureepe 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 215 Version 2 11 7 1 What to do if Problem Possible causes consequences and P Solutions praxe USA only The EBB switched off due to a malfunction Canada only gt Continue driving with
368. the driver s door Remove mechanical key or the tailgate with the mechanical key will Press lock cylinder and pull on door handle trigger the anti theft alarm system to open the driver s door To cancel the alarm insert the SmartKey in the starter switch Unlocking the tailgate Removing the mechanical key A Warning The tailgate swings open to one side Always make sure there is sufficient clearance for the tailgate Make sure the tailgate is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death gt Insert mechanical key 3 into the lock cylinder gt Turn mechanical key 3 counterclockwise to position 2 Practical hints P80 35 2403 31 Move locking tab 1 in direction of arrow gt Slide mechanical key 2 out of the housing Unlocking the driver s door gt Remove mechanical key 3 2 gt Press lock cylinder and pull on door handle Q to open the tailgate 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints E Unlocking locking manually If you cannot lock the vehicle with the SmartKey lock it as follows gt Close the front passenger door the rear doors and the tailgate gt Open the driver s door gt Press the central locking switch gt page 60 The locking knobs of the front passenger door the rear doors and t
369. the just trained signal transmitter button 2 or and observe indicator lamp Q If indicator lamp Q stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the respective signal transmitter button or is pressed and released If indicator lamp flashes rapidly for approximately 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with programming steps 8 through 12 as your garage door opener may be equipped with the rolling code feature gt Step 7 To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Rolling code programming To train a garage door opener or other rolling code devices with the rolling code feature follow these instructions after completing the Programming portion steps 1 through 6 of this text A second person may make the following training procedures quicker and easier gt Step 8 Locate the training button on the garage door opener motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand Depending on manufacturer the training button may also be referred to as learn or smart button If there is difficulty locating the transmitting button refer to the garage door opener Operator s Manual gt Step 9 Press the training button on the garage door opener motor head unit The training light is activated You have 30
370. through the side defroster air vents tel Directs air into the entire vehicle interior 7 Directs air to the footwells and through the side air vents A Directs air through the center and side air vents The air distribution can be adjusted manually gt Turn air distribution control gt page 119 to the desired symbol The air distribution is adjusted according to the chosen setting 4 USA only 5 Canada only Climate control system You can also turn the control to a position between two symbols gt Decrease increase Turn air volume control 1 gt page 119 clockwise or counterclockwise You can use this setting to defrost the windshield for example if it is iced up You can also defog the windshield and the side windows Keep this setting selected only until the windshield or the side windows are clear again gt Activating Press button amp or Gp The indicator lamp in the button comes on The climate control switches to the following functions automatically e cooling on to dehumidify e most efficient blower speed and heating power depending on outside temperature e air flows onto the windshield and the front side windows e the air recirculation mode is switched off If you have activated on the defrost function with button amp or ep you cannot make any other settings g or 2 gt Deactivating Press button
371. tic transmission into drive position D for second gear or reverse gear R gt Have the automatic transmission checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Transfer case For more information on off road driving see Off road driving gt page 179 H HIGH Road position L LOW Off road position This position is intended for driving off road and step gradients The automatic transmission will not upshift automatically to the next higher gear range when driving at the rpm limit The transfer case supports the engine s driving force approximately speed Output is therefore increased N Neutral No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 91 Version 2 11 7 1 Transfer case The transfer case switch is located on the lower part of the center console P64 25 7491 2 Transfer case switch Current transfer case indicator Q appears in the multifunction display A Warning Always wait until the procedure of shifting from HIGH to LOW and from LOW to HIGH has been entirely completed During this procedure do not turn off the engine or shift the automatic transmission into another gear If you do not wait until the shifting procedure has been entirely completed then it might not be correctly performed The transfer case might be in neutral thus interrupting the transfer of power between the engine a
372. tical hints D T T e Get a new The SmartKey is malfunctioning key gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Bluetooth The telephone has not yet been connected to the COMAND Ready system via Bluetooth gt Connect the telephone to the COMAND system via Bluetooth Top Up The fluid level has dropped to approximately of total Washer reservoir capacity Fluid gt Add washer fluid gt page 153 Engine Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions el Certain electronic systems are unable to relay information to the control system The coolant temperature gauge or the tachometer may have failed Have the electronic systems checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Top Up The coolant level is too low Coolant gt Add coolant gt page 152 see gt If you have to add coolant frequently have the cooling ane gt system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 205 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display N Warning Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts You could be seriously burned H Do not ignore the low engine coolant level warning Extended driving with the message and symbol displayed may cause serious engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warrant
373. time Combination switch Single wipe Wiping with washer fluid Switching on windshield wipers Switching off gt Open the tailgate gt page 61 gt Press door lock Q down in direction of arrow until it engages gt Switch on the ignition H Do not close the tailgate if the lock is engaged in down position The lock could otherwise be damaged When locking the tailgate it is important Switching on off that the door lock be in the same original position as shown in the illustration O Windshield wipers off To return door lock 1 to its original position press lock cylinder l Intermittent wiping 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail i II Normal wiper speed III Fast wiper speed gt Turn the combination switch in direction of arrow 2 to the desired position depending on the intensity of the rain Intermittent wiping Only switch on intermittent wiping under wet weather conditions or in the presence of precipitation When you select intermittent wiping the rain sensor is activated The rain sensor sets a suitable wiping interval depending on the wetness of the sensor surface automatically H Do not leave windshield wipers on an intermittent setting when the vehicle is taken to an automatic car wash or during windshield cleaning Windshield wipers will operate in the presence of water sprayed on the windshield and windshield wipers may be damaged as a result H If you
374. ting video DVD gt page 101 If no audio equipment is currently switched on the message AUDIO Off appears in the multifunction display Selecting radio station The HD Radio with SIRIUS Satellite Radio is treated as a radio application For more information on HD Radio with SIRIUS Satellite Radio refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions Additional optional satellite radio equipment and a subscription to satellite radio service provider are required for satellite radio operation Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details and availability for your vehicle 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 101 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Control system gt Switch on the COMAND system and select separate COMAND system operating radio Refer to separate COMAND system instructions operating instructions gt Press button or EP repeatedly until gt Press button or EP repeatedly until the Audio DVD menu appears in the the currently tuned station appears in the multifunction display multifunction display DISC4 FM gt i Tr 5 101 1 FM ry Vv Controls in detail a P54 32 4895 31 ka Example illustration Example illustration Disc number Wave band setting Current track Station frequency gt Selecting next or previous track Press gt Selecting nex
375. tion as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belts provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and seat belts are properly positioned on the body N Warning Your seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt Observe the following points e Adjust the seat backrest until your arms are slightly angled when holding the steering wheel e Adjust the seat to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely The position should be as far back as possible with the driver still able to operate the controls properly e Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level e Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted Failure to do so could result in an accident and or serious personal injury A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 63 Version 2 11 7 1 children be placed in the rear seats whenever p
376. tion labels 2008 12 02T10 52 11 01 00 Seite 14 Version 2 11 7 1 Premium unleaded gasoline 254 RIMS and tireS ec eeeececeseeeneeeees 250 Spare wheel 251 Vehicle specification G 550 248 Vehicle specification G 55 AMG 249 Washer and headlamp cleaning SYSTEM serish aereis reiris erish 253 257 Technical data dimensions see Vehicle specification Technical data electrical system see Vehicle specification Technical data engine see Vehicle specification Technical data weights see Vehicle specification Tele Aid 135 Emergency calls 136 Information button 138 Initiating an emergency call Manuallys zes 137 Messages in the multifunction displayen rer 203 Remote door unlock 139 Roadside Assistance button 137 Search and send SOS button ne 136 Operati OMe esise Phone book R edialin genereren Temperature Coolant eea i center Interior temperature Outside aan ee Tether anchorage points see Children in the vehicle Tie down rings 40 128 Tightening torque Wheels asa enusssnenasssee 235 TIN Tire Identification Number 174 Tire and Loading Information Plac ard 4 s 22u 45054426620200404240040286523 161 Tire and loading terminology 172 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Tire Identification Number see TIN Tire inflation pressure Checking ai
377. trailer tongue weight rating and instructions on loading and towing a trailer 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 164 Version 2 11 7 1 Maximum tire load A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure P For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration The maximum tire load rating Q is the maximum weight the tires are designed to support For more information on tire load rating see gt page 169 For information on calculating total and cargo load capacities see gt page 162 Direction of rotation Unidirectional tires offer added advantages such as better hydroplaning performance To benefit however you must make sure the tires rotate in the direction specified An arrow on the sidewall indicates the intended direction of rotation of the tire Spare wheels may be mounted against the direction of rotation spinning even with a unidirectional tire for temporary use only until 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe the regular drive wheel has been repaired or replaced Always observe and follow applicable temporary use restrictions and sp
378. ts at all times In a rollover crash 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 21 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 Introduction an unbelted person is significantly more likely qualified maintenance or repair facility for to die than a person wearing a seat belt further inspection or repairs Operating safety Proper use of the vehicle Proper use of the vehicle requires that you are A Warning familiar with the following information and Work improperly carried out on electronic rules components and associated software could cause them to cease functioning Because the vehicle s electronic components are interconnected any modifications made may e traffic rules and regulations produce an undesired effect on other systems Electronic malfunctions could seriously impair the operating safety of your N Warning e the safety precautions in this manual e the Technical data section in this manual e motor vehicle laws and safety standards vehicle Various warning labels are attached to your Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center vehicle These warning labels are intended to for repairs or modifications to electronic make you and others aware of various risks components Do not remove any of these warning labels Other improper work or modifications on the unless explicitly instructed to do so by vehicle could also have a negative impact on information on the label itself Removing the operating safety of th
379. uickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal E Only shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R or park position P when the vehicle is stopped Otherwise the automatic transmission could be damaged gt Depress the brake pedal The gear selector lever lock is released gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D or reverse gear R 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P is only possible with the brake pedal depressed Only depressing the brake pedal releases the gear selector lever lock gt Wait for the gear selection process to complete before setting the vehicle in motion gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Release the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal After a cold start the automatic transmission shifts at a higher engine revolution This allows the catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature earlier For more information on driving see Driving instructions gt page 176 For information on off road driving see Off road driving gt page 179 Problems while driving The engine runs erratically and misfires e An ignition cable may be damaged e The engine electronics may not be operating properly e
380. ull out oil dipstick D gt Wipe oil dipstick 1 clean gt Fully insert oil dipstick Q into the dipstick guide tube gt Pull out oil dipstick again after approximately 3 seconds to obtain accurate reading The oil level is correct when it is between lower min mark 8 and upper max mark 2 of oil dipstick The filling quantity between the upper and lower marks on the oil dipstick is approximately 2 1 US qt 2 0 1 gt If necessary add engine oil For more information on engine oil see Fuels coolants lubricants etc gt page 252 For information on messages in the multifunction display concerning engine oil see the Practical hints section gt page 207 Checking engine oil level with the control system On the G 55 AMG you can check the engine oil level with the control system gt Switch on the ignition The standard display appears in the multifunction display gt page 99 gt Press button X7 or Z on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the following message appears in the multifunction display 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 150 Version 2 11 7 1 Engine Oil Level Measuring In Progress Vehicle must be level For correct measurement One of the following messages will subsequently appear in the multifunction display e Engine Oil Level OK e Add 1 0 qt to reach maximum oil level Canada 1 0
381. ult in injury 463_AKB 2 52 en US 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 217 d2ureepe Version 2 11 7 1 What to do if Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A The yellow ESP The ESP has been switched off warning lamp Risk of accident a ae When the ESP is switched off it will not stabilize the vehicle if the i system recognizes that the vehicle starts to skid or that a wheel nune is spinning The cruise control is deactivated and cannot be switched on gt Switch the ESP back on Exceptions gt page 53 gt If leaving the ESP switched off adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt If the ESP cannot be switched back on Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible You have engaged the differential locks The ABS BAS EBB ESP and 4 ETS are switched off gt The driving systems will switch on again after the differential locks have been disengaged Practical hints E A The yellow ESP The ESP or the 4 ETS has come into operation because of warning lamp detected traction loss in at least one tire flashes while The cruise control is deactivated driving gt When driving off apply as little throttle as possible gt While driving ease up on the accelerator pedal gt Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt Do not deactiva
382. unction display The selection marker is on the current setting Automatic Door Lock P54 32 6568 31 gt Press button or to switch the automatic central locking On or Off Convenience submenu Access the Convenience submenu via the Settings menu Use the Convenience submenu to activate the easy entry exit feature 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 109 Version 2 11 7 1 Control system Activating easy entry exit feature Use this function to activate and deactivate the easy entry exit feature gt page 68 N Warning You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated To stop steering wheel movement do one of the following e Move steering wheel adjustment stalk e Press one of the memory position buttons e Press the memory button Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Press button or CP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 gt Move the selection marker with button or to the Convenience submenu
383. upants especially children should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the window curtain air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the window DD Safety and security u 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Safety and security 5 Occupant safety curtain air bag be deployed Always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except ina Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when it is installed properly Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injuries to you or other occupants If you sell your vehicle it is important that you make the buyer aware of this safety information Be sure to give the buyer this Operator s Manual A Warning Accident research shows that the safest place for children in an automobile is in the rear seat Should you choose to place a child 12 years old or under in the front passenger seat of your vehicle you must
384. vating Slide override switch 1 to the left The rear door windows can again be oe operated using the respective switch located in the rear doors For more information on power windows see arrow the Controls in detail section gt Check to make sure the child safety locks gt page 81 are working properly gt Releasing Press the lever down in direction of arrow Override switch gt Securing Press the lever up in direction of Safety and security u N Observe Safety notes see page 44 With the override switch you can disable the rear door window switches in the rear door panels N Warning Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats ofthe vehicle The children may otherwise injure themselves e g by becoming trapped in the rear door window opening gt Activating Press and hold Panic button 1 for at least 1 second An audible alarm and flashing turn signal lamps will operate briefly gt Deactivating Press Panic button Q again Pa0 35 2370 21 or gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and gt Activating Slide override switch 1 to the right Symbol e becomes visible 2 this device must accept any interference receive
385. ved vehicle care products at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Scratches corrosive deposits corrosion or damage due to negligent or incorrect care cannot always be removed or repaired with the vehicle care products recommended 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 188 Version 2 11 7 1 here In such cases it is best to seek aid at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following topics deal with the cleaning and care of your vehicle and give important how to information as well as references to Mercedes Benz approved vehicle care products Power washer H Follow the instructions provided by the power washer manufacturer on maintaining a distance between the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Always keep the jet of water moving across the surface Do not aim directly at electrical parts electrical connectors seals or other rubber parts Tar stains Quickly remove tar stains before they dry and become more difficult to remove A tar remover is recommended Paintwork painted body components H Affixing stickers magnets adhesive tape or similar materials to painted body components may damage the paintwork Mercedes Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when water drops on the paint surface do not bead up This should normally be done every 3 to 5
386. ving through water determine its depth If you must drive through standing water drive slowly to prevent water from entering the passenger compartment or the engine compartment Water in these areas could cause damage to electrical components or wiring of the engine or transmission or could result in water being ingested by the engine through the air intake causing severe internal engine damage Any such 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 179 Version 2 11 7 1 Driving instructions damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Prevent water from entering the passenger compartment or the engine compartment If you must drive through standing water keep in mind that e the maximum depth of the water may not exceed 19 in 48 cm e you must drive slowly For more information see Driving through water gt page 182 Off road driving Z Warning Do not load items on the roof It may cause instability during some maneuvers which could result in an accident Drive slowly in unknown terrain This will make it easier to recognize unexpected obstacles and avoid damage to the vehicle To help avoid the vehicle rolling over never turn it around on steep inclines If the vehicle cannot complete the attempted climb back it down in reverse gear Do not drive along the side of a slope The vehicle might otherwise rollover If in doing so the vehicle begins to show a tendency to roll immediately st
387. wall and under the tread 2 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 172 Version 2 11 7 1 Accessory weight The combined weight in excess of those standard items which may be replaced of automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats radio and heater to the extent that these items are available as factory installed equipment whether installed or not Air pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa or bar Aspect ratio Dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width expressed in percentage Bar Another metric unit for air pressure There are 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi to 1 bar there are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Cold tire inflation pressure Tire inflation pressure when your vehicle has been sitting for at least 3 hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Curb weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant and if so equipped air conditioning and additional optional equipment but without passengers and cargo 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe DOT Department of Transportation A tire branding symbol which denotes the tire
388. y 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe N Warning If the indicator lamp in the SOS button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an emergency call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display for approximately 10 seconds Should this occur assistance must be summoned by other means The 911 emergency call system is a public service Using it without due cause is a criminal offense Initiating an emergency call manually gt Briefly press on cover to open gt Press SOS button 2 briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button 2 will flash until the emergency call is concluded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Response Center gt Close cover Q after the emergency call is concluded N Warning If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the vehicle e g smoke or fire in the vehicle vehicle in a dangerous road location please do not wait for voice contact after you have pressed the emergency button Carefully leave the vehicle and move to a safe location 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 137 Version 2 11 7 1 Useful features The Response Center will automatically contact local emergency officials with the vehicle s approximate location if they receive an automatic SOS signal and cannot make voice contact wit
389. y Do not drive without sufficient amount of coolant in the cooling system The engine will overheat causing major engine damage Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions E Coolant The coolant is too hot Stop Turn Stop the vehicle immediately as soon as it is safe to do so Engine Off gt Turn off the engine immediately Engage the parking brake gt Only start the engine again after the message disappears You could otherwise damage the engine gt Observe the coolant temperature gauge in the instrument cluster gt f the temperature rises again Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately During severe operation conditions and stop and go city traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to 248 F 120 C N Warning Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down H The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Lim
390. y the battery ventilation hose and the lateral plug must always be securely installed when the vehicle is in operation H Never loosen or detach battery terminal clamps while the engine is running or the SmartKey is in the starter switch Otherwise the alternator and other electronic components could be severely damaged Have the battery checked regularly at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Refer to Maintenance Booklet for maintenance intervals or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information Charging the battery N Warning Never charge a battery while still installed in the vehicle unless the accessory battery charge unit approved by Mercedes Benz is being used Gases may escape during charging and cause explosions that may result in paint damage corrosion or personal injury 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 237 Version 2 11 7 1 Jump starting An accessory battery charge unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available It permits the charging of the battery in its installed position Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information and availability Charge battery in accordance with the separate instructions for the accessory battery charger Have batteries charged at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you charge the batteries yourself follow the operating instructions for your charging device Only use a battery
391. y burned H If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Practical hints E 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Fi What to do if 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 216 Version 2 11 7 1 Safety systems Problem amp The red seat belt telltale comes on fora maximum of 6 seconds after starting the engine Problem srs The red SRS indicator lamp comes on while driving Benz Center A Warning In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Possible causes consequences and Solutions The seat belt telltale reminds you and your passengers to fasten your seat belts before driving off gt Fasten your seat belts Possible causes consequences and Solutions There is a malfunction in the restraint systems The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs could deploy unexpectedly or fail to activate in an accident gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Mercedes Center immediately to have the system checked Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also res
392. y visible gt Switching on seat heating Press upper switch position A red indicator lamp in the switch comes on gt Switching off seat heating Press upper switch position Q once more gt Switching on rapid seat heating Press lower switch position 2 Both red indicator lamps in the switch come on gt Switching off rapid seat heating Press lower switch position 2 once more 463_AKB 2 52 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Multifunction steering wheel Steering wheel adjustment _ gt Switch on the ignition or gt Open the driver s door Adjusting steering wheel in or out Move stalk in direction of arrows Q gt Adjusting steering wheel up or down Move stalk in direction of arrows 2 The memory function gt page 70 lets you Store the settings for the steering wheel together with the settings for the seat position and the exterior rear view mirrors Easy entry exit feature This feature allows the driver an easier entry into and exit from the vehicle When entering and exiting the vehicle the steering wheel is in its uppermost position The easy entry exit feature can be activated or deactivated in the Convenience submenu of the control system gt page 108 N Warning You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 68 Version 2 11 7 1
393. ystem components of the vehicle The restraint systems are e Seat belts e Child restraints e Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH Additional protection potential is provided by e Supplemental Restraint System SRS with Air bags Air bag control unit with crash sensors Emergency Tensioning Device ETD for front and rear outer seat belts Seat belt force limiter e Air bag system components with Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Front passenger seat with BabySmart air bag deactivation system Although the systems are independent their protective functions work in conjunction with each other N Warning Modifications to or work improperly conducted on restraint system components or their wiring as well as tampering with interconnected electronic systems can lead 2008 12 02T 10 52 11 01 00 Seite 32 Version 2 11 7 1 to the restraint systems no longer functioning as intended Air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs for example could deploy inadvertently or fail to deploy in accidents although the deceleration threshold for air bag deployment is exceeded Therefore never modify the restraint systems Do not tamper with electronic components or their software For information on infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle and restraint systems for infants and children see Children in the vehicle gt page 44 SRS indicator lamp

Mercedes-Benz 2008 GL 450 Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents